Brivo XR575

GE Healthcare
gehealthcare.com
Technical 
Publication
Direction 5429575-CA-1EN
Version 7
GE Healthcare
Brivo XR575 Service Manual(Class A)
Copyright © 2015 by General Electric Company, Inc. All

Rights Reserved
GE HEALTHCARE 
DIRECTION 5429575-CA-1EN, REVISION 7 INSTALLATION MANUAL
Page 2
GE HEALTHCARE 
LEGAL NOTES
TRADEMARKS
All other products and their name brands are the trademarks of their respective holders.
COPYRIGHTS
All Material, Copyright © 2015 by General Electric Company, Inc. All rights reserved. The material
presented and contained herein may not be reproduced in any form or manner, without the written
permission of General Electric Company, Inc.
Legal Notes Page 3

GE HEALTHCARE 
This page is intentionally left blank.
Page 4 Legal Notes

GE HEALTHCARE 
IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS
LANGUAGE
ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ  ТО В А УП Ъ ТВ А Н Е ЗА РА Б О ТА Е Н А Л И Ч Н О С А М О Н А А Н ГЛ И Й С КИ Е ЗИ К.
(BG)  А КО Д О С ТА В Ч И КЪ Т Н А УС Л УГА ТА Н А КЛИ ЕН ТА И З И С КА ЕЗИ К,
РА З Л И Ч ЕН О Т А Н ГЛ И Й С КИ , ЗА Д Ъ Л Ж ЕН И Е Н А КЛ И ЕН ТА Е Д А О С И ГУРИ
П РЕ В О Д .
 Н Е И ЗП О Л ЗВ А Й ТЕ О Б О РУД В А Н ЕТО П РЕД И Д А С ТЕ С Е КО Н С УЛ ТИ РА Л И
И РА ЗБ РА ЛИ УП Ъ ТВ А Н ЕТО ЗА РА Б О ТА .
 Н ЕС П А ЗВ А Н ЕТО Н А ТО В А П РЕД УП РЕЖ Д ЕН И Е М О Ж Е Д А Д О В ЕД Е Д О
Н А РА Н Я В А Н Е Н А Д О С ТА В Ч И КА Н А УС ЛУГА ТА , О П ЕРА ТО РА И Л И
П А Ц И ЕН Т В РЕЗУЛ ТА Т Н А ТО КО В УД А Р И Л И М ЕХА Н И ЧН А И Л И Д РУ ГА
О П А С Н О С Т.
警告  本维修手册仅提供英文版本。
(ZH-CN)  如果维修服务提供商需要非英文版本，客户需自行提供翻译服务。
 未详细阅读和完全理解本维修手册之前，不得进行维修。
 忽略本警告可能对维修人员，操作员或患者造成触电、机械伤害或其他形式的伤害。
VÝSTRAHA  TENTO PROVOZNÍ NÁVOD EXISTUJE POUZE V ANGLICKÉM JAZYCE.
(CS)  V PŘÍPADĚ, ŽE EXTERNÍ SLUŽBA ZÁKAZNÍKŮM POTŘEBUJE NÁVOD V

JINÉM JAZYCE, JE ZAJIŠTĚNÍ PŘEKLADU DO ODPOVÍDAJÍCÍHO JAZYKA
ÚKOLEM ZÁKAZNÍKA.
 NESNAŽTE SE O ÚDRŽBU TOHOTO ZAŘÍZENÍ, ANIŽ BYSTE SI PŘEČETLI
TENTO PROVOZNÍ NÁVOD A POCHOPILI JEHO OBSAH.
 V PŘÍPADĚ NEDODRŽOVÁNÍ TÉTO VÝSTRAHY MŮŽE DOJÍT K PORANĚNÍ
PRACOVNÍKA PRODEJNÍHO SERVISU, OBSLUŽNÉHO PERSONÁLU NEBO
PACIENTŮ VLIVEM ELEKTRICKÉHOP PROUDU, RESPEKTIVE VLIVEM
MECHANICKÝCH ČI JINÝCH RIZIK.
ADVARSEL  DENNE SERVICEMANUAL FINDES KUN PÅ ENGELSK.

(DA)  HVIS EN KUNDES TEKNIKER HAR BRUG FOR ET ANDET SPROG END
ENGELSK, ER DET KUNDENS ANSVAR AT SØRGE FOR OVERSÆTTELSE.
 FORSØG IKKE AT SERVICERE UDSTYRET MEDMINDRE
DENNE SERVICEMANUAL HAR VÆRET KONSULTERET OG ER FORSTÅET.
 MANGLENDE OVERHOLDELSE AF DENNE ADVARSEL KAN MEDFØRE
SKADE PÅ GRUND AF ELEKTRISK, MEKANISK ELLER ANDEN FARE FOR
TEKNIKEREN, OPERATØREN ELLER PATIENTEN.
Important Precautions Page 5

GE HEALTHCARE 
WAARSCHUWING  DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING IS ENKEL IN HET ENGELS

VERKRIJGBAAR.
(NL)
 ALS HET ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL EEN ANDERE TAAL VEREIST, DAN IS
DE KLANT VERANTWOORDELIJK VOOR DE VERTALING ERVAN.
 PROBEER DE APPARATUUR NIET TE ONDERHOUDEN VOORDAT DEZE
ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING WERD GERAADPLEEGD EN BEGREPEN IS.
 INDIEN DEZE WAARSCHUWING NIET WORDT OPGEVOLGD, ZOU HET
ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL, DE OPERATOR OF EEN PATIËNT GEWOND
KUNNEN RAKEN ALS GEVOLG VAN EEN ELEKTRISCHE SCHOK,
MECHANISCHE OF ANDERE GEVAREN.
• THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.

WARNING
• IF A CUSTOMER’S SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE
(EN) OTHER THAN ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO
PROVIDE TRANSLATION SERVICES.
• DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS
SERVICE MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD.
• FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE
SERVICE PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC
SHOCK, MECHANICAL OR OTHER HAZARDS.
HOIATUS  KÄESOLEV TEENINDUSJUHEND ON SAADAVAL AINULT INGLISE KEELES.

(ET)  KUI KLIENDITEENINDUSE OSUTAJA NÕUAB JUHENDIT INGLISE KEELEST
ERINEVAS KEELES, VASTUTAB KLIENT TÕLKETEENUSE OSUTAMISE EEST.
 ÄRGE ÜRITAGE SEADMEID TEENINDADA ENNE EELNEVALT
KÄESOLEVA TEENINDUSJUHENDIGA TUTVUMIST JA SELLEST ARU
SAAMIST.
 KÄESOLEVA HOIATUSE EIRAMINE VÕIB PÕHJUSTADA TEENUSEOSUTAJA,
OPERAATORI VÕI PATSIENDI VIGASTAMIST ELEKTRILÖÖGI, MEHAANILISE
VÕI MUU OHU TAGAJÄRJEL.
VAROITUS  TÄMÄ HUOLTO-OHJE ON SAATAVILLA VAIN ENGLANNIKSI.
(FI)  JOS ASIAKKAAN HUOLTOHENKILÖSTÖ VAATII MUUTA KUIN

ENGLANNINKIELISTÄ MATERIAALIA, TARVITTAVAN KÄÄNNÖKSEN
HANKKIMINEN ON ASIAKKAAN VASTUULLA.
 ÄLÄ YRITÄ KORJATA LAITTEISTOA ENNEN KUIN OLET VARMASTI LUKENUT
JA YMMÄRTÄNYT TÄMÄN HUOLTO-OHJEEN.
 MIKÄLI TÄTÄ VAROITUSTA EI NOUDATETA, SEURAUKSENA VOI OLLA
HUOLTOHENKILÖSTÖN, LAITTEISTON KÄYTTÄJÄN TAI POTILAAN
VAHINGOITTUMINEN SÄHKÖISKUN, MEKAANISEN VIAN TAI MUUN
VAARATILANTEEN VUOKSI.
Page 6 Important Precautions

GE HEALTHCARE 
• CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N’EST DISPONIBLE QU’EN ANGLAIS.

ATTENTION
• SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE
(FR)
AUTRE LANGUE QUE L’ANGLAIS, C’EST AU CLIENT QU’IL INCOMBE
DE LE FAIRE TRADUIRE.
• NE PAS TENTER D’INTERVENTION SUR LES ÉQUIPEMENTS TANT
QUE LE MANUEL SERVICE N’A PAS ÉTÉ CONSULTÉ ET COMPRIS.
• LE NON-RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRAÎNER CHEZ
LE TECHNICIEN, L’OPÉRATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES
DUES À DES DANGERS ÉLECTRIQUES, MÉCANIQUES OU AUTRES.
WARNUNG  DIESE SERVICEANLEITUNG EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER SPRACHE.

(DE)  FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENÖTIGT,
IST ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN FÜR EINE ENTSPRECHENDE
ÜBERSETZUNG ZU SORGEN.
 VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT DIESE ANLAGE ZU WARTEN,
OHNE DIESE SERVICEANLEITUNG GELESEN UND VERSTANDEN ZU HABEN.
 WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU
VERLETZUNGEN DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER
DES PATIENTEN DURCH STROMSCHLÄGE, MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE
GEFAHREN KOMMEN.
ΠΡΟΕΙ∆ΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ  ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙ∆ΙΟ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ∆ΙΑΤΙΘΕΤΑΙ ΣΤΑ ΑΓΓΛΙΚΑ ΜΟΝΟ.
(EL)  ΕΑΝ ΤΟ ΑΤΟΜΟ ΠΑΡΟΧΗΣ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΕΝΟΣ ΠΕΛΑΤΗ ΑΠΑΙΤΕΙ ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ

ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙ∆ΙΟ ΣΕ ΓΛΩΣΣΑ ΕΚΤΟΣ ΤΩΝ ΑΓΓΛΙΚΩΝ, ΑΠΟΤΕΛΕΙ ΕΥΘΥΝΗ ΤΟΥ
ΠΕΛΑΤΗ ΝΑ ΠΑΡΕΧΕΙ ΥΠΗΡΕΣΙΕΣ ΜΕΤΑΦΡΑΣΗΣ.
 ΜΗΝ ΕΠΙΧΕΙΡΗΣΕΤΕ ΤΗΝ ΕΚΤΕΛΕΣΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΩΝ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΣΤΟΝ ΕΞΟΠΛΙΣΜΟ
ΕΚΤΟΣ ΕΑΝ ΕΧΕΤΕ ΣΥΜΒΟΥΛΕΥΤΕΙ ΚΑΙ ΕΧΕΤΕ ΚΑΤΑΝΟΗΣΕΙ ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ
ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙ∆ΙΟ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ.
 ΕΑΝ ∆Ε ΛΑΒΕΤΕ ΥΠΟΨΗ ΤΗΝ ΠΡΟΕΙ∆ΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ ΑΥΤΗ, ΕΝ∆ΕΧΕΤΑΙ ΝΑ
ΠΡΟΚΛΗΘΕΙ ΤΡΑΥΜΑΤΙΣΜΟΣ ΣΤΟ ΑΤΟΜΟ ΠΑΡΟΧΗΣ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ, ΣΤΟ ΧΕΙΡΙΣΤΗ
Ή ΣΤΟΝ ΑΣΘΕΝΗ ΑΠΟ ΗΛΕΚΤΡΟΠΛΗΞΙΑ, ΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΟΥΣ Ή ΑΛΛΟΥΣ
ΚΙΝ∆ΥΝΟΥΣ.
FIGYELMEZTETÉS  EZEN KARBANTARTÁSI KÉZIKÖNYV KIZÁRÓLAG ANGOL NYELVEN ÉRHETŐ

EL.
(HU)
 HA A VEVŐ SZOLGÁLTATÓJA ANGOLTÓL ELTÉRŐ NYELVRE TART IGÉNYT,
AKKOR A VEVŐ FELELŐSSÉGE A FORDÍTÁS ELKÉSZÍTTETÉSE.
 NE PRÓBÁLJA ELKEZDENI HASZNÁLNI A BERENDEZÉST, AMÍG A
KARBANTARTÁSI KÉZIKÖNYVBEN LEÍRTAKAT NEM ÉRTELMEZTÉK.
 EZEN FIGYELMEZTETÉS FIGYELMEN KÍVÜL HAGYÁSA A SZOLGÁLTATÓ,
MŰKÖDTETŐ VAGY A BETEG ÁRAMÜTÉS, MECHANIKAI VAGY EGYÉB
VESZÉLYHELYZET MIATTI SÉRÜLÉSÉT EREDMÉNYEZHETI.

GE HEALTHCARE 
AÐVÖRUN  ÞESSI ÞJÓNUSTUHANDBÓK ER EINGÖNGU FÁANLEG Á ENSKU.

(IS)  EF AÐ ÞJÓNUSTUVEITANDI VIÐSKIPTAMANNS ÞARFNAST ANNAS
TUNGUMÁLS EN ENSKU, ER ÞAÐ SKYLDA VIÐSKIPTAMANNS AÐ SKAFFA
TUNGUMÁLAÞJÓNUSTU.
 REYNIÐ EKKI AÐ AFGREIÐA TÆKIÐ NEMA AÐ ÞESSI ÞJÓNUSTUHANDBÓK
HEFUR VERIÐ SKOÐUÐ OG SKILIN.
 BROT Á SINNA ÞESSARI AÐVÖRUN GETUR LEITT TIL MEIÐSLA Á
ÞJÓNUSTUVEITANDA, STJÓRNANDA EÐA SJÚKLINGS FRÁ RAFLOSTI,
VÉLRÆNU EÐA ÖÐRUM ÁHÆTTUM.
• IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE È DISPONIBILE

AVVERTENZA SOLTANTO IN INGLESE.
(IT)
• SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEMS
RICHIEDE IL MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE È
TENUTO A PROVVEDERE DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE.
• SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELL’APPARECCHIATURA
SOLO DOPO AVER CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED
AVERNE COMPRESO IL CONTENUTO.
• IL NON RISPETTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR
COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALL’ADDETTO
ALLA MANUTENZIONE, ALL’UTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER
FOLGORAZIONE ELETTRICA, PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI
RISCHI.
 このサービスマニュアルには英語版しかありません。
(JA)  サービスを担当される業者が英語以外の言語を要求される場合、翻訳作業はその業
者の責任で行うものとさせていただきます。
 このサービスマニュアルを熟読し理解せずに、装置のサービスを行わないでくださ
い。
 この警告に従わない場合、サービスを担当される方、操作員あるいは患者さんが、
感電や機械的又はその他の危険により負傷する可能性があります。

GE HEALTHCARE 
경고  본 서비스 지침서는 영어로만 이용하실 수 있습니다.
(KO)  고객의 서비스 제공자가 영어 이외의 언어를 요구할 경우, 번역 서비스를 제공하는 것
은 고객의 책임입니다.
 본 서비스 지침서를 참고했고 이해하지 않는 한은 해당 장비를 수리하려고 시도하지

마십시오.
 이 경고에 유의하지 않으면 전기 쇼크, 기계상의 혹은 다른 위험으로부터 서비스 제공

자, 운영자 혹은 환자에게 위해를 가할 수 있습니다.
BRĪDINĀJUMS  ŠĪ APKALPES ROKASGRĀMATA IR PIEEJAMA TIKAI ANGĻU VALODĀ.

(LV)  JA KLIENTA APKALPES SNIEDZĒJAM NEPIECIEŠAMA INFORMĀCIJA CITĀ
VALODĀ, NEVIS ANGĻU, KLIENTA PIENĀKUMS IR NODROŠINĀT
TULKOŠANU.
 NEVEICIET APRĪKOJUMA APKALPI BEZ APKALPES ROKASGRĀMATAS
IZLASĪŠANAS UN SAPRAŠANAS.
 ŠĪ BRĪDINĀJUMA NEIEVĒROŠANA VAR RADĪT ELEKTRISKĀS STRĀVAS
TRIECIENA, MEHĀNISKU VAI CITU RISKU IZRAISĪTU TRAUMU APKALPES
SNIEDZĒJAM, OPERATORAM VAI PACIENTAM.
ĮSPĖJIMAS  ŠIS EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVAS YRA PRIEINAMAS TIK ANGLŲ KALBA.

(LT)  JEI KLIENTO PASLAUGŲ TIEKĖJAS REIKALAUJA VADOVO KITA KALBA – NE
ANGLŲ, NUMATYTI VERTIMO PASLAUGAS YRA KLIENTO ATSAKOMYBĖ.
 NEMĖGINKITE ATLIKTI ĮRANGOS TECHNINĖS PRIEŽIŪROS, NEBENT
ATSIŽVELGĖTE Į ŠĮ EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVĄ IR JĮ SUPRATOTE.
 JEI NEATKREIPSITE DĖMESIO Į ŠĮ PERSPĖJIMĄ, GALIMI SUŽALOJIMAI DĖL
ELEKTROS ŠOKO.
 MECHANINIŲ AR KITŲ PAVOJŲ PASLAUGŲ TIEKĖJUI, OPERATORIUI AR
PACIENTUI.
ADVARSEL  DENNE SERVICEHÅNDBOKEN FINNES BARE PÅ ENGELSK.

(NO)  HVIS KUNDENS SERVICELEVERANDØR TRENGER ET ANNET SPRÅK, ER
DET KUNDENS ANSVAR Å SØRGE FOR OVERSETTELSE.
 IKKE FORSØK Å REPARERE UTSTYRET UTEN AT DENNE
SERVICEHÅNDBOKEN ER LEST OG FORSTÅTT.
 MANGLENDE HENSYN TIL DENNE ADVARSELEN KAN FØRE TIL AT
SERVICELEVERANDØREN, OPERATØREN ELLER PASIENTEN SKADES PÅ
GRUNN AV ELEKTRISK STØT, MEKANISKE ELLER ANDRE FARER.

GE HEALTHCARE 
OSTRZEŻENIE  NINIEJSZY PODRĘCZNIK SERWISOWY DOSTĘPNY JEST JEDYNIE W JĘZYKU

ANGIELSKIM.
(PL)
 JEŚLI DOSTAWCA USŁUG KLIENTA WYMAGA JĘZYKA INNEGO NIŻ
ANGIELSKI, ZAPEWNIENIE USŁUGI TŁUMACZENIA JEST OBOWIĄZKIEM
KLIENTA.
 NIE PRÓBOWAĆ SERWISOWAĆ WYPOSAŻENIA BEZ ZAPOZNANIA SIĘ I
ZROZUMIENIA NINIEJSZEGO PODRĘCZNIKA SERWISOWEGO.
 NIEZASTOSOWANIE SIĘ DO TEGO OSTRZEŻENIA MOŻE SPOWODOWAĆ
URAZY DOSTAWCY USŁUG, OPERATORA LUB PACJENTA W WYNIKU
PORAŻENIA ELEKTRYCZNEGO, ZAGROŻENIA MECHANICZNEGO BĄDŹ
INNEGO.
ATENÇÃO  ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA SÓ SE ENCONTRA DISPONÍVEL

EM INGLÊS.
(PT)
 SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIÇO DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA, QUE NÃO A
GEMS, SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, É DA
RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIÇOS DE
TRADUÇÃO.
 NÃO TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E
COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÉNCIA TÉCNICA
 O NÃO CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANÇA
DO TÉCNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A CHOQUES ELÉTRICOS,
MECÂNICOS OU OUTROS.
ATENŢIE  ACEST MANUAL DE SERVICE ESTE DISPONIBIL NUMAI ÎN LIMBA ENGLEZĂ.

(RO)  DACĂ UN FURNIZOR DE SERVICII PENTRU CLIENŢI NECESITĂ O ALTĂ
LIMBĂ DECÂT CEA ENGLEZĂ, ESTE DE DATORIA CLIENTULUI SĂ
FURNIZEZE O TRADUCERE.
 NU ÎNCERCAŢI SĂ REPARAŢI ECHIPAMENTUL DECÂT ULTERIOR
CONSULTĂRII ŞI ÎNŢELEGERII ACESTUI MANUAL DE SERVICE.
 IGNORAREA ACESTUI AVERTISMENT AR PUTEA DUCE LA RĂNIREA
DEPANATORULUI, OPERATORULUI SAU PACIENTULUI ÎN URMA
PERICOLELOR DE ELECTROCUTARE, MECANICE SAU DE ALTĂ NATURĂ.

GE HEALTHCARE 
ОСТОРОЖНО!  ДАННОЕ РУКОВОДСТВО ПО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЮ ПРЕДЛАГАЕТСЯ ТОЛЬКО

НА АНГЛИЙСКОМ ЯЗЫКЕ.
(RU)
 ЕСЛИ СЕРВИСНОМУ ПЕРСОНАЛУ КЛИЕНТА НЕОБХОДИМО
РУКОВОДСТВО НЕ НА АНГЛИЙСКОМ, А НА КАКОМ-ТО ДРУГОМ ЯЗЫКЕ,
КЛИЕНТУ СЛЕДУЕТ САМОСТОЯТЕЛЬНО ОБЕСПЕЧИТЬ ПЕРЕВОД.
 ПЕРЕД ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЕМ ОБОРУДОВАНИЯ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНО
ОБРАТИТЕСЬ К ДАННОМУ РУКОВОДСТВУ И ПОЙМИТЕ ИЗЛОЖЕННЫЕ В
НЕМ СВЕДЕНИЯ.
 НЕСОБЛЮДЕНИЕ ТРЕБОВАНИЙ ДАННОГО ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЯ МОЖЕТ
ПРИВЕСТИ К ТОМУ, ЧТО СПЕЦИАЛИСТ ПО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЮ, ОПЕРАТОР
ИЛИ ПАЦИЕНТ ПОЛУЧАТ УДАР ЭЛЕКТРИЧЕСКИМ ТОКОМ,
МЕХАНИЧЕСКУЮ ТРАВМУ ИЛИ ДРУГОЕ ПОВРЕЖДЕНИЕ.
UPOZORNENIE  TENTO NÁVOD NA OBSLUHU JE K DISPOZÍCII LEN V ANGLIČTINE.
(SK)  AK ZÁKAZNÍKOV POSKYTOVATEĽ SLUŽIEB VYŽADUJE INÝ JAZYK AKO

ANGLIČTINU, POSKYTNUTIE PREKLADATEĽSKÝCH SLUŽIEB JE
ZODPOVEDNOSŤOU ZÁKAZNÍKA.
 NEPOKÚŠAJTE SA O OBSLUHU ZARIADENIA SKÔR, AKO SI NEPREČÍTATE
NÁVOD NA OBLUHU A NEPOROZUMIETE MU.
 ZANEDBANIE TOHTO UPOZORNENIA MÔŽE VYÚSTIŤ DO ZRANENIA
POSKYTOVATEĽA SLUŽIEB, OBSLUHUJÚCEJ OSOBY ALEBO PACIENTA
ELEKTRICKÝM PRÚDOM, DO MECHANICKÉHO ALEBO INÉHO
NEBEZPEČENSTVA.
ATENCION  ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SOLO EXISTE EN INGLES.

(ES)  SI ALGUN PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEMS SOLICITA UN IDIOMA
QUE NO SEA EL INGLES, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN
SERVICIO DE TRADUCCION.
 NO SE DEBERA DAR SERVICIO TECNICO AL EQUIPO,
SIN HABER CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO.
 LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL
PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN
LESIONES PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS ELÉCTRICAS, MECÁNICAS O DE
OTRA NATURALEZA.

GE HEALTHCARE 
VARNING  DEN HÄR SERVICEHANDBOKEN FINNS BARA TILLGÄNGLIG PÅ ENGELSKA.

(SV)  OM EN KUNDS SERVICETEKNIKER HAR BEHOV AV ETT ANNAT SPRÅK ÄN
ENGELSKA ANSVARAR KUNDEN FÖR ATT TILLHANDAHÅLLA
ÖVERSÄTTNINGSTJÄNSTER.
 FÖRSÖK INTE UTFÖRA SERVICE PÅ UTRUSTNINGEN OM DU INTE HAR LÄST
OCH FÖRSTÅR DEN HÄR SERVICEHANDBOKEN.
 OM DU INTE TAR HÄNSYN TILL DEN HÄR VARNINGEN KAN DET RESULTERA
I SKADOR PÅ SERVICETEKNIKERN, OPERATÖREN ELLER PATIENTEN TILL
FÖLJD AV ELEKTRISKA STÖTAR, MEKANISKA FAROR ELLER ANDRA
FAROR.
DİKKAT  BU SERVİS KILAVUZUNUN SADECE İNGİLİZCESİ MEVCUTTUR.

(TR)  EĞER MÜŞTERİ TEKNİSYENİ BU KILAVUZU İNGİLİZCE DIŞINDA BİR BAŞKA
LİSANDAN TALEP EDERSE, BUNU TERCÜME ETTİRMEK MÜŞTERİYE DÜŞER.
 SERVİS KILAVUZUNU OKUYUP ANLAMADAN EKİPMANLARA MÜDAHALE
ETMEYİNİZ.
 BU UYARIYA UYULMAMASI, ELEKTRİK, MEKANİK VEYA DİĞER
TEHLİKELERDEN DOLAYI TEKNİSYEN, OPERATÖR VEYA HASTANIN
YARALANMASINA YOL AÇABİLİR.
DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION
All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent write “Damage
In Shipment” on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or “signed
for” by a GE representative or hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or concealed, damage
MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event, within 14 days after
receipt, and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier. A transportation
company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period.
Call GEHC Global Parts 1-800-548-3366 and select option 8, immediately after damage is found.
At this time be ready to supply name of carrier, delivery date, consignee name, freight or express
bill number, item damaged and extent of damage.
Complete instructions regarding claim procedure are found in Section S of the Policy And
Procedures Bulletins.
14 July 1993
CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT

All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared
for the equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. In addition, electrical feeds
into the Power Distribution Unit shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other
connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations and testing shall be performed by
qualified GE Healthcare personnel. The products involved (and the accompanying electrical
installations) are highly sophisticated, and special engineering competence is required. In
performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field
engineers. All of GE’s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the
applicable electrical codes.

GE HEALTHCARE 
The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers,
personnel of third-party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to
perform electrical servicing on the equipment.
IMPORTANT...X-RAY PROTECTION
X-ray equipment, if not properly used, may cause injury. Accordingly, the instructions herein
contained should be thoroughly read and understood by everyone who will use the equipment
before you attempt to place this equipment in operation. The General Electric Company, Healthcare
Group, will be glad to assist and cooperate in placing this equipment in use.
Although this apparatus incorporates a high degree of protection against x-radiation other than the
useful beam, no practical design of equipment can provide complete protection. Nor can any
practical design compel the operator to take adequate precautions to prevent the possibility of any
persons carelessly exposing themselves or others to radiation.
It is important that anyone having anything to do with x-radiation be properly trained and fully
acquainted with the recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and
Measurements as published in NCRP Reports available from NCRP Publications, 7910 Woodmont
Avenue, Room 1016, Bethesda, Maryland 20814, and of the International Commission on
Radiation Protection, and of any other local authorities, and take adequate steps to protect against
injury.
The equipment is sold with the understanding that the General Electric Company, Healthcare
Group, its agents, and representatives have no responsibility for injury or damage which may result
from improper use of the equipment.
Various protective materials and devices are available. It is urged that such materials or devices be
used.
LITHIUM BATTERY CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS
CAUTION Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or
Risk of equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Discard used batteries according to the
Explosion manufacturer’s instructions.
OMISSIONS & ERRORS

Customers, please contact your GE Sales or Service representatives.
GE personnel, please use the GEHC CQA Process to report all omissions, errors, and defects in
this publication.

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
Revision History
Revision Date Reason for change

1 Mar.9, 2015 First Release
2 Apr.27.2015 Add the instruction to paste IECV3 label in fields
3 May.22.2015 Add tube and generator specification in Chapter 1.
Add more instruction about multi-language labels pasted in Fields
by Field engineers in Chapter 9.
4 Mar.5,2016 Remove the Korean label paste instruction by regulatory
requirement.
5 Aug.19th.2016 Update collimator installation process.
Update the monitor part number and calibration process.
Remove Login password.
6 Mar.17th.2017 Add HP Z440 PC FRU part and its low level FRU parts in the
Chapter13.
Update OS and APP software data backup/restore steps in
Chapter 11.
Add monitor calibration procedures for HPZ440 PC.
Add software troubleshooting solution for HPZ440 PC in Chapter
15.
Update the IF board part number.
7 Sep.12th.2017 Update some Diagnostics and Troubleshooting content in Chapter
15.
Update some FRU numbers in Chapter 13.
Revision History Page 15

GE HEALTHCARE 
Page 16
GE HEALTHCARE 
Preface
Publication Conventions
Standardized conventions for representing information is a uniform way of communicating
information to a reader in a consistent manner. Conventions are used so that the reader can easily
recognize the actions or decisions that must be made. There are a number of character and
paragraph styles used in this publication to accomplish this task. Please become familiar with them
before proceeding forward.
It’s important that you read and understand hazard statements, and not just ignore them.
Section 1.0
Safety & Hazard Information
Proper product safety labeling allows a person to safely use or service a product. The format and
style for safety communications reflected in this publication represents the harmonization of IEC/
ISO 3864 and ANSI Z535 standards.
Within this publication, different paragraph and character styles are used to indicated potential
hazards. Paragraph prefixes, such as hazard, caution, danger and warning, are used to identify
important safety information. Text (Hazard) styles are applied to the paragraph contents that are
applicable to each specific safety statement.
1.1 Hazard Messages

Any action that will, could or potentially cause personal injury will be preceded by the safety alert
symbol and an appropriate signal word. The safety alert symbol is the triangle with an exclamation
mark within it. It’s always used next to the signal word to indicate the severity of the hazard.
Together, they are used to indicate a hazard exists.
Signal words describe the severity of possible human injures that may be encountered. The alert
symbol and signal word are placed immediately before any paragraph they affect. Safety
information includes:
1.) Signal Word - The seriousness level of the hazard.
2.) Symbol or Pictorial - The consequence of interaction with the hazard.
3.) Word Message:
a.) The nature of the hazard (i.e. the type of hazard)
b.) How to avoid the hazard.
The safety alert symbol is not used when an action can only cause equipment damage.
1.2 Text Format of Signal Words

DANGER - INDICATES AN IMMINENTLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH, IF
NOT AVOIDED, WILL RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. THIS SIGNAL
WORD IS LIMITED TO THE MOST EXTREME SITUATIONS.
WARNING - INDICATES A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH, IF NOT
AVOIDED, COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
Caution - Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in
minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.
Preface Page 17
GE HEALTHCARE 
NOTICE - Indicates information or a company policy that relates directly or indirectly to the
safety of personnel or protection of property. This signal word is associated directly with a
hazard or hazardous situation and is used in place of 'DANGER,' 'WARNING,' or 'CAUTION.'
It can include:
• Destruction of a disk drive
• Potential for internal mechanical damage, such as to a X-ray tube
1.3 Symbols and Pictorials Used

The following Symbols and Pictorials are be used in this publication. These graphical icons
(symbols) may be used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could possibly cause
harm.
keep_up magnetic biohazard compressgas ppe-hearing
fragile impact corrosive heavyobject ppe-2people
static_elec heat general laser ppe-respitory
keep_dry pinch radiation poisongas ppe-loto
general explosive electrical flammable ppe-eye
torque crush/mechanical tipping Read Manual ppe-gloves
ce instuction poisonmatl entanglement instuction
Page 18 Preface
GE HEALTHCARE 
Symbols
This section explains the symbols used on this system and in its accompanying documents.
Special Notices
Table 0-1 Special notices
Symbol Description
Dangerous voltage. This indicates an avoidable, dangerous, high voltage

hazard.
This symbol on the equipment indicates the operating instructions

should be consulted to assure safe operation.
This symbol indicates that waste electrical and electronic equipment must not be
disposed of as unsorted municipal waste and must be collected separately.
Please contact an authorized representative of the manufacturer for information
concerning the decommissioning of your equipment.
Follow instructions for use
X-ray Tube
Table 0-2 describes the operational symbols for the system such as X-ray emissions and
collimator locations.
Table 0-2Operational symbols
Symbol Description
X-ray emission is used to indicate the X-ray tube head is

emitting X-rays. Take adequate precautions to prevent the
possibility of any persons carelessly, unwisely, or unknowingly
exposing themselves or others to radiation.
X-ray source assembly is used to indicate a reference to an X-

ray source assembly.
Preface Page 19
GE HEALTHCARE 
Symbol Description
Identifies controls or indicators associated with the selection of

a small focal spot or the connection for the corresponding
filament.
Identifies controls or indicators associated with the selection of

a large focal spot or the connection for the corresponding
filament.
Power ON and OFF

Symbol Description
A gray SYSTEM RESET button is used to reset the system. The button is
located on the console.
A gray POWER ON button is used to turn on the power to the system.

The button is located on the console.
Electrical Type
Table 0-3 describes the electrical protection rating based on system type.
Table 0-3Electrical type
Symbol Description
Type B Equipment indicates the equipment provides a particular

degree of protection against electrical shock regarding leakage
current and protective earthing per IEC60601-1.
Electrical Current
Table 0-4describes the symbols for the different types of electrical current that may be used
on your system.
Page 20 Preface
GE HEALTHCARE 
Table 0-4 Electrical current types
Symbol Description
Alternating Current indicates the equipment is suitable for alternating

current only.
Direct Current indicates the equipment is suitable for direct current

only.
Both direct and alternating currents indicate the equipment is

suitable for both direct and alternating current.
Ground
Table 0-5describes the different types of grounding used in your system.
Table 0-5 Ground types
Symbol Description
Functional Earth (ground) Terminal indicates a terminal directly
connected to a point of a measuring supply or control circuit or to a
screening part , which is intended to be earthed for functional
purposes.
Protective earth (ground) identifies any terminal which is intended for

connection of an external protective conductor to protect against
electrical shock in case of a fault.
Frame or chassis identify the frame or chassis terminal.
Collimator
Table 0-6describes the collimator controls and the radiation field.
Table 0-6 Collimator descriptions
Symbol Description
Control for indicating radiation field by using light.
Preface Page 21
GE HEALTHCARE 
Symbol Description
Indicates the collimator blades are closed. The controlled

blades are shown in thicker lines.
Indicates the collimator blades are open. The controlled

blades are shown in thicker lines.
Equipment Classifications
The following equipment classifications are applicable to the product:
• Equipment classification with respect to protection from electric shock: Class I
• Degree of protection from electric shock: Type B
• Degree of protection against ingress of liquids: IPX0
• Equipment not suitable for use in the presence of a flammable anesthetic mixture with air or
with nitrous oxide
• Mode of operation: Continuous operation with intermittent loading
Section 1.0
Publication Conventions
1.1 General Paragraph and Character Styles
Prefixes are used to highlight important non-safety related information. Paragraph prefixes (such
as Purpose, Example, Comment or Note) are used to identify important but non-safety related
information. Text styles are also applied to text within each paragraph modified by the specific
prefix.
EXAMPLES OF PREFIXES USED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION:

Purpose: Introduces and provides meaning as to the information contained within the chapter,
section or subsection (such as used at the beginning this chapter, for example).
Note: Conveys information that should be considered important to the reader.
Example: Used to make the reader aware that the paragraph(s) that follow are examples of information
possibly stated previously.
Comment: Represents “additional” information that may or may not be relevant to your situation.
Page 22 Preface
GE HEALTHCARE 
1.2 Page Layout
Publication Part Number & Revision Number Publication Title
The current section and its title The current chapter and its title
are always shown in the footer of are always shown in the footer of
the left (even) page. the right (odd) page.
An exclamation point in a triangle is used Paragraphs preceeded by a symbol
to indicate important information to the user. (e.g. bullets) contain information that
Paragraphs preceeded by Alphanumeric has no specific order.
characters (e.g. numbers) contain infor-
mation that must be followed in a specific order.
Headers and footers in this publication are designed to allow you to quickly identify your location.
The document part number and revision number appears in every header on every page. Odd
numbered page footers indicate the current chapter, its title and current page number. Even page
footers show the current section and its title, as well as the current page number.
1.3 Computer Screen Output/Input Text Character Styles

Within this publication, mono-spaced character styles (fonts) are used to indicate computer text
that’s either screen input and output. Mono-spaced fonts, such courier, are used to indicated text
direction. When you type at your keyboard, you are generating computer input. Occasionally you
will see the math operator “greater-than” and “less-than” symbols used to indicate the start and
finish of variable output. When reading text generated by the computer, you are reading it as
computer generated output. In addition to direction, characters are italicized (e.g. italics) to indicate
information specific to your system or site.
Example: Fixed This paragraph’s font represents computer generated screen “fixed” output.
Output Its output is fixed from the sense that it does not vary from application
to application. It’s the most commonly used style used to indicate
filenames, paths and text that do not change from system to system. The
character style used is a fixed width such as courier.
Example: This paragraph’s font represents computer screen output that is
Variable Output “variable”. It’s used to represent output that varies from application to
application or system to system. Variable output is sometimes found placed
between greater-than and less-than operators for clarification. For
example: <variable_ouput> or <3.45.120.3>. In both cases, the < and >
operators are not part of the actual input.
Preface Page 23
GE HEALTHCARE 
Example: Fixed This paragraph’s font represents fixed input. It’s computer input that is
Input typed-in via the keyboard. Typed input that does not vary from application
to application or system to system. Fixed text the user is required to
supply as input. For example: cd /usr/3p
Example: This paragraph’s font represents computer input that can vary from
Variable Input application to application or system to system. With variable text, the
user is required to supply system dependent input or information. Variable
input sometimes is placed between greater-than and less-than operators.
For example: <variable_input>. In these cases, the (<>) operators would
be dropped prior to input. For example: ypcat hosts | grep <3.45.120.3>
would be typed into the computer as:
ypcat hosts | grep 3.45.120.3
without the greater-than and less-than operators.
1.4 Buttons, Switches and Keyboard Inputs (Hard & Soft Keys)
Different character styles are used to indicate actions requiring the reader to press either a hard or
soft button, switch or key. Physical hardware, such as buttons and switches, are called hard keys
because they are hard wired or mechanical in nature. A keyboard or on/off switch would be a hard
key. Software or computer generated buttons are called soft keys because they are software
generated. Software driven menu buttons are an example of such keys. Soft and hard keys are
represented differently in this publication.
Example: Hard A power switch ON/OFF or a keyboard key like ENTER is indicated by applying a character style
Keys that uses both over and under-lined bold text that is bold. This is a hard key.
Example: Soft Whereas the computer MENU button that you would click with your mouse or touch with your hand
Keys uses over and under-lined regular text. This is a soft key.
Page 24 Preface
GE HEALTHCARE 
Table of Contents
Preface
Publication Conventions ...................................................................................... 17
Section 1.0
Safety & Hazard Information ........................................................................... 17
1.1 Hazard Messages............................................................................................................ 17
1.2 Text Format of Signal Words ........................................................................................... 17
1.3 Symbols and Pictorials Used ........................................................................................... 18
Section 1.0
Publication Conventions ................................................................................. 22
1.1 General Paragraph and Character Styles........................................................................ 22
1.2 Page Layout..................................................................................................................... 23
1.3 Computer Screen Output/Input Text Character Styles .................................................... 23
1.4 Buttons, Switches and Keyboard Inputs (Hard & Soft Keys) ........................................... 24
Chapter 1 - Before you Begin ............................................................................... 33

Section 1.0
Lock-Out & Tag-Out (LOTO)............................................................................ 33
1.1 System Power.................................................................................................................. 33
1.2 LOTO Procedure for System Power ................................................................................ 34
Section 2.0 System Preparation for Energizing Power................................. 35
Section 3.0 Energizing System ....................................................................... 35
Section 4.0 De-Energizing System ................................................................. 36
Section 5.0 
Equipment Safety - Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) ....................................... 36
5.1 Generating Static ............................................................................................................. 36
5.2 Personal Grounding Methods and Equipment................................................................. 37
5.3 Grounding the Work Area ................................................................................................ 37
5.4 Recommended Materials and Equipment........................................................................ 38
Section 6.0 Important...X-Ray Protection ...................................................... 38
Section 7.0 Damage in Transportation........................................................... 39
Section 8.0 Certified Electrical Contractor Statement .................................. 39
Section 9.0 Omissions and Errors.................................................................. 39
Section 10.0 Package and Service Toolket.................................................... 39
Section 11.0 Tube and Generator Specifications.......................................... 41
11.1 Tube Specifications ......................................................................................................... 41
11.2 Generator Specifications ................................................................................................. 41
Table of Contents Page 25

GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 2 System Architect and Component .................................................... 43
Chapter 3 - System Installation Guide and Checklist ....................................... 45

Section 1.0
Installation......................................................................................................... 45
Section 2.0 Installation Checklist.................................................................... 47
Chapter 4 Service Tool Instruction ..................................................................... 49

Section 1.0 Component.................................................................................... 49
Section 2.0 Installation..................................................................................... 50
Section 3.0 Planned Maintenance ................................................................... 50
3.1 Foldable crane maintenance:.......................................................................................... 50
3.2 Transporting dolly maintenance ...................................................................................... 51
3.3 Rotating shaft and shaft hole maintenance..................................................................... 51
3.4 Lifting belt maintenance .................................................................................................. 51
3.5 Overall transport considerations ..................................................................................... 51
Chapter 5 - System Hardware Installation .......................................................... 53

Section 1.0
U-Arm Positioning ............................................................................................ 53
Section 2.0 Detector Housing Component..................................................... 69
2.1 Unpacking ....................................................................................................................... 69
2.2 Installation ....................................................................................................................... 69
2.3 Cable connection ............................................................................................................ 74
Section 3.0
X-ray Tube and Collimator ............................................................................... 82
3.1 Unpacking ....................................................................................................................... 82
3.2 Installation ....................................................................................................................... 83
3.3 Cable connection ............................................................................................................ 89
Section 4.0 Cable Connection to Top box .................................................... 97
Section 5.0
Cabinet Electrical Connections ...................................................................... 99
Section 6.0 - Workstation and Console Installation ................................... 104
6.1 Computer ...................................................................................................................... 104
6.2 Mouse and Keyboard .................................................................................................... 104
6.3 Console & Handswitch .................................................................................................. 104
6.4 LCD Monitor .................................................................................................................. 105
6.5 Bar Code Reader (Purchased Option) .......................................................................... 105
6.6 Workstation Cable Connections.................................................................................... 106
Page 26 Table of Contents

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 7.0 System Cable Connection ......................................................... 106
Section 8.0 Cover Installation ....................................................................... 106
Section 9.0 Table Assembly ......................................................................... 109
Section 10.0 Power On and Positioner Check............................................. 110
10.1 Alignment....................................................................................................................... 110
10.1.1 Image chain alignment check. .......................................................................... 110
10.1.2 Image chain alignment procedure .................................................................... 111
10.2 Couterweight.................................................................................................................. 118
10.3 Installation Checklist ...................................................................................................... 119
Chapter 6 System Configuration....................................................................... 123

Section 1.0 When to Perform System Configuration .................................. 123
1.1 During System Installation ............................................................................................. 123
1.2 Missing or Lost System Backups................................................................................... 123
1.3 Addition of Purchased Options ...................................................................................... 123
Section 2.0 Starting the System Configuration Tool .................................. 124
Section 3.0 System Configuration Tool Parameters................................... 124
3.1 Site Parameters ............................................................................................................. 124
3.2 General Parameters ...................................................................................................... 125
3.3 Positioner....................................................................................................................... 126
3.4 Product Network Filters ................................................................................................. 126
3.5 HIPAA Configuration...................................................................................................... 127
3.6 Generator Time.............................................................................................................. 127
Section 4.0 Network Connection (DICOM) Configuration .......................... 127
4.1 Network Hosts ............................................................................................................... 127
4.1.1 Host Tab ........................................................................................................... 127
4.1.2 Preference Tab ................................................................................................. 128
4.2 Printers .......................................................................................................................... 129
4.2.1 Agfa Drystar 3000 Printer ................................................................................ 129
4.2.2 Agfa Drystar 5500............................................................................................. 131
4.2.3 Fuji FM DPL Print Parameters.......................................................................... 134
4.2.4 Fuji DryPix 1000 Print Parameters ................................................................... 135
4.2.5 Fuji DryPix 3000 Print Parameters ................................................................... 137
4.2.6 Fuji DryPix 7000 Printer Parameters ................................................................ 139
4.2.7 Kodak 8200 Print Parameters........................................................................... 140
4.2.11 Codonics Horizon Print Parameters ................................................................. 146
4.3 Query Modality............................................................................................................... 148
Section 5.0 Install Demo Images................................................................... 148
Section 6.0 Operator’s Manual (OM) Installation......................................... 148
Section 7.0 Jedi Time Sync with System Time............................................ 149
Section 8.0 Adding a Bar Code Reader........................................................ 150
8.1 Configuration ................................................................................................................. 150

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 9.0 System Login (HIPPA)................................................................ 150
9.1 User Accounts.............................................................................................................. 150
9.1.1 System Log-in .................................................................................................. 150
9.1.2 About User Accounts ....................................................................................... 150
9.1.3 Default User Accounts ..................................................................................... 151
9.2 Login Feature ................................................................................................................ 151
9.2.1 Logging In and Out........................................................................................... 151
9.2.2 Understanding users and groups ..................................................................... 151
9.2.3 Understanding groups and privileges............................................................... 151
9.3 Configuring the System................................................................................................. 152
Section 10.0 iLinq user guide ....................................................................... 152
Chapter 7System Installation Calibration ......................................................... 153

Section 1.0 Before You Begin....................................................................... 153
1.1 Service User Interface (SUIF) ....................................................................................... 153
1.2 Calibration Sequence.................................................................................................... 153
1.2.1 After first installation, those calibrations are needed. Follow the steps below in. ...
154
1.2.2 Saving Changes ............................................................................................... 154
1.2.3 Invoking New Calibrations................................................................................ 154
1.3 Returning the System to the User ................................................................................. 154
1.4 Temporarily Changing the Measurement System to Calibrations ................................. 155
1.5 The use of Collimator(XS-1D) tape (Note the difference between SID and OID) ......... 155
Section 2.0 Positioner .................................................................................... 155
Section 3.0 Tube Warm-up for Accuracy...................................................... 155
3.1 REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................................................... 155
3.2 Before you begin ........................................................................................................... 156
3.3 Tube Warm-up Procedure for Accuracy........................................................................ 156
Section 4.0 AEC Calibration.......................................................................... 157
4.1 Before You Begin .......................................................................................................... 157
4.2 Table Ion Chamber ....................................................................................................... 157
4.2.1 Before You Begin ............................................................................................. 157
4.2.2 Procedure......................................................................................................... 157
Section 5.0 Detector (Bad Pixels, Gain, CF) Calibration ............................ 158
5.1 Before You Begin .......................................................................................................... 158
5.2 Calibration Overview ..................................................................................................... 158
5.3 When should it be performed ........................................................................................ 159
5.4 Procedure...................................................................................................................... 159
Section 6.0 Dose Predication - mR/mAs...................................................... 160
Section 7.0 Image Quality Calibration........................................................ 160
Section 8.0 Generator Accuracy Test Calibration ...................................... 160
Section 9.0 Monitor Calibration .................................................................... 160
Section 10.0 PACS / Image Display Test Image .......................................... 162
10.1 Objectives ..................................................................................................................... 162
10.2 Simplified Procedure ..................................................................................................... 162

GE HEALTHCARE 
10.3 Results........................................................................................................................... 164
Section 11.0 Quality Assurance Procedure (QAP) ..................................... 165
11.1 Before You Begin........................................................................................................... 165
11.2 When to Perform QAP ................................................................................................... 165
11.3 Simplified Procedures.................................................................................................... 165
Chapter 8System Check ..................................................................................... 167

Section 1.0 Operational Checks.................................................................... 167
1.1 U-Arm Longitudinal Movement ...................................................................................... 167
1.2 Positioner SID Adjustment............................................................................................. 167
1.3 Tube Rotation ................................................................................................................ 167
1.4 Detector Housing Rotation............................................................................................. 167
1.5 Collimator Rotation ........................................................................................................ 167
1.6 Grid Insert ...................................................................................................................... 167
Section 2.0 Functional Checks ..................................................................... 168
2.1 Image quality test........................................................................................................... 168
2.2 Image artifact check (Optional)...................................................................................... 168
2.3 Acqisition Test ............................................................................................................... 168
Chapter 9 - Labels and Rating Plates ................................................................ 169

Section 1.0 Labels to Attach in Field ........................................................... 169
Section 2.0 Rating Plate................................................................................ 171
Chapter 10Final Admin Job ................................................................................ 175
Chapter 11 Software Instruction ....................................................................... 177

Section 1.0System Data Backup and Restore ............................................. 177
1.1 System Backup’s Coverage.......................................................................................... 177
1.2 Backup.......................................................................................................................... 178
1.2.1 Before You Begin.............................................................................................. 178
1.2.2 Procedure ......................................................................................................... 178
1.3 Restore ......................................................................................................................... 179
1.3.1 Before You Begin.............................................................................................. 179
1.3.2 Procedure ......................................................................................................... 180
Section 2.0 System Software Load and/or Upgrade ................................... 182
2.1 Personnel Requirements .............................................................................................. 182
2.2 Overview....................................................................................................................... 182
2.3 Preliminary Requirements ............................................................................................ 183
2.3.1 Tools and Test Equipment................................................................................ 183
2.3.2 Consumables.................................................................................................... 183
2.3.3 Safety................................................................................................................ 183
2.3.4 Required Conditions ......................................................................................... 183
2.4 Procedure ..................................................................................................................... 183
2.5 Finalization.................................................................................................................... 197

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 3.0Jedi Service Tool ......................................................................... 197
3.1 Service Software User Guide....................................................................................... 197
3.1.1 Supplies ........................................................................................................... 197
3.1.2 Tools ................................................................................................................ 197
3.1.3 Safety Precautions ........................................................................................... 197
3.1.4 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 198
3.1.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 198
3.1.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 198
3.1.7 Procedure......................................................................................................... 198
Section 4.0Service Tool Job Cards............................................................... 204
4.1 Software Download / Upgrade ...................................................................................... 204
4.1.1 Supplies ........................................................................................................... 204
4.1.2 Tools ................................................................................................................ 205
4.1.4 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 205
4.1.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 205
4.1.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 205
4.1.7 Procedure......................................................................................................... 205
4.2 Tube Replacement Software Procedure ...................................................................... 206
4.2.1 Supplies ........................................................................................................... 206
4.2.2 Tools ................................................................................................................ 207
4.2.4 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 207
4.2.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 207
4.2.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 207
4.2.7 Procedure......................................................................................................... 207
4.3 Exposure mode while opening the jedi service tool ...................................................... 211
Chapter 12 Regulatory Test Procedure............................................................. 215

Section 1.0 Electrical Safety Equipment Grounding ................................... 215
Section 2.0 Electrical Safety Leakage Current............................................. 215
Chapter 13 Illustrated Renewal Parts................................................................ 217

Section 1.0 Illustrated Renewal parts .......................................................... 217
1.1 Service Tool .................................................................................................................. 217
1.2 Table ............................................................................................................................. 217
1.3 Image Chain.................................................................................................................. 218
1.4 Control Room ................................................................................................................ 219
1.5 PDU............................................................................................................................... 221
1.6 MIS Cable ..................................................................................................................... 222
1.7 U-Arm............................................................................................................................ 222
1.8 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts..................................................................................... 230
1.8.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................... 230
1.8.2 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts List ................................................................. 230
1.8.3 FRU Information ............................................................................................... 231
1.8.4 Jedi 50 R 1T Structure ..................................................................................... 233
1.8.5 Renewal Parts .................................................................................................. 234
1.8.6 Cables .............................................................................................................. 237

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.9 JEDI Generator Disassembly/Reassembly.................................................................... 238
1.9.1 Introduction ....................................................................................................... 238
1.9.2 Tools ................................................................................................................. 238
1.9.3 HV Tank, 1 Tube, 1-3 Phase ............................................................................ 239
1.9.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly........................................................................... 243
1.9.5 I/F Board RAD .................................................................................................. 252
1.9.6 KV Board RAD.................................................................................................. 254
1.9.7 EMC Board 3 Phases ....................................................................................... 256
1.9.8 AC/DC 3 PH Mid Power Assembly ................................................................... 259
1.9.9 Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly.................................................................... 262
1.9.10 Capacitor Inverter Assembly............................................................................. 265
1.9.11 LV Power Supply 3 Phase Board ..................................................................... 270
1.9.12 Filament Board 1 INV ....................................................................................... 273
1.9.13 Rotor Board High Speed................................................................................... 276
1.9.14 AEC Board........................................................................................................ 279
Section 2.0 Part Replacement ....................................................................... 282
2.1 Detector replacement .................................................................................................... 282
2.2 Grid-in Switch in Detector Housing................................................................................ 283
2.3 Grid Detent Replacement .............................................................................................. 284
2.4 X-Ray Tube/Collimator replacement.............................................................................. 285
2.5 Relay on Topbox Replacement ..................................................................................... 286
2.6 Detector Power Supply Replacement............................................................................ 286
2.7 150w Power Supply ....................................................................................................... 287
2.8 Configured Servo........................................................................................................... 288
2.9 Motor Component on Column Replacement ................................................................. 289
2.10 Console LCD on Tube Support Replacement ............................................................... 289
2.11 Angle LCD Replacement ............................................................................................... 290
2.12 Spine PCB board Replacement(5430961) .................................................................... 291
2.13 Spring on Tube Support Replacement .......................................................................... 291
2.14 PDU Unit Replacement.................................................................................................. 292
2.15 Collimator Lamp (5136302) Replacement ..................................................................... 293
2.16 Spring of U-Arm Rotation Detent Replacement............................................................. 294
2.17 SID Brake Replacement(5447915/5491345)................................................................. 295
2.18 Brake on Column Top Replacement (5453213) ............................................................ 296
2.19 Brake in Angle Meter Replacement (5452377).............................................................. 296
2.20 Steel Rope, safelock and spring Replacement.............................................................. 298
2.21 DAP meter replacement ................................................................................................ 301
Chapter 14 Integrating the Healthcare Enterprise (IHE) Integration Statement ...

303
Section 1.0 - Introduction .............................................................................. 303
1.1 Overview........................................................................................................................ 303
1.2 Important Remarks ....................................................................................................... 303
Section 2.0 - IHE Integration Statement ....................................................... 304
Chapter 15 Diagnostic and Troubleshooting...................................................... 305

Section 1.0 Troubleshooting ......................................................................... 305
1.1 Using the Enhanced Error Messages ........................................................................... 305

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.2 Workstation ................................................................................................................. 305
1.2.1 Bar Code Reader ............................................................................................. 305
1.2.2 Console ............................................................................................................ 306
1.2.3 LCD Monitor ..................................................................................................... 306
1.3 Soft Reset of Software on PC ...................................................................................... 307
1.4 Engineering Toolkit ...................................................................................................... 308
1.5 QAP Results and Images ............................................................................................ 309
1.6 Software Toubleshooting .............................................................................................. 311
1.7 Software Issue .............................................................................................................. 316
1.8 PDU Troubleshooting.................................................................................................... 319
1.9 Electrical Subsystem Troubleshooting ......................................................................... 321
1.10 Image Quality Troubleshooting ..................................................................................... 322
1.11 Dicom Network Troubleshooting ................................................................................... 323
1.12 L/R Shifting Issue .......................................................................................................... 323
1.13 Image Print Issue .......................................................................................................... 324
Section 2.0 Console LCD Service function .................................................. 324
2.1 Login Service Tab ......................................................................................................... 324
2.2 Positioner Calibration .................................................................................................... 324
2.3 Hardware Faults Diagnostic .......................................................................................... 325
2.3.1 Manual Diagnostic............................................................................................ 325
2.3.2 Automatic Diagnostic ....................................................................................... 326
2.4 Hardware Configuration ................................................................................................ 326
Chapter 16 - Schematics and Drawings ............................................................ 327

Section 1.0 System Schematics .................................................................... 327
Section 2.0 System Electric Assembly ......................................................... 328
Section 3.0 Cable Assembly .......................................................................... 329
Section 4.0 Console Circuit .......................................................................... 331
Section 5.0 PDU Electric Board..................................................................... 332
Section 6.0 Spine Board................................................................................ 334
Section 7.0 IF Board ....................................................................................... 336
Chapter 17Planning Maintenance...................................................................... 345

Section 1.0Planning Maintenance................................................................. 345
Section 2.0 Planning Maitenance Report ..................................................... 346

GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 1 - Before you Begin
Section 1.0
Lock-Out & Tag-Out (LOTO)
1.1 System Power
Name Of Equipment: System (Workstation, System Cabinet, Table, U-Arm)
Number Of Locks: One per person, working on the system

Title(s) of Employees Authorized to Perform LOTO: Those trained in Lockout Tagout (LOTO)
Title(s) of Affected Employees and How to Notify: Hospital Personnel; notified by verbal
communication.
Location of Energy Isolating

Energy Source Yes No Magnitude of Energy
Means
Electrical X System’s Main “A1” Power 320 - 480VAC, 3 Phase
Disconnect
Pneumatic X
Hydraulic X
Gas/Water/Steam X
Chemical X
Mechanical Motion X
Gravity X
Springs X
Thermal X
Stored Energy X
Air Under Pressure X
Oil Under Pressure X
Water Under Pressure X
Gas Under Pressure X
Steam X
Other X
Type(s) of Equipment and/or Method(s) Selected to Dissipate or Isolate Stored Energy:
Allow 3 minutes for stored energy to dissipate.
Type(s) of Equipment and/or Method(s) Used to Ensure Disconnection’s:
One Lock & Tag for Main “A1” Disconnect
Chapter 1 - - Before you Begin Page 33

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.2 LOTO Procedure for System Power
Name of Equipment: System (Workstation, System Cabinet, Table, U-Arm)
Step Lockout/Tagout Procedure

1 Prepare for shutdown of equipment by notifying affected personnel working in the area
that lockout/tagout is being performed.
2 Bring system software down. See Section 4.0 on page 36 and return to Step 3
3 Locate main power supply (Service) disconnect feeding System Cabinet.
4 Lock Out / Tag Out the main power disconnect.
5 Using an insulated voltmeter, measure the incoming power connection to the system
cabinet at the circuit breaker.
6 If no voltage is present at the system cabinet’s circuit breaker; place the power switch on
the PDU to the OFF position and service equipment as required.
7 After service has been performed, notify affected personnel that equipment will be re-
energized and LOTO devices are being removed.
8 Assure the safety of the area and that all safety devices and guards have been replaced
9 Return system functions to a preset state.
10 Remove Lock-Out Tag-Out equipment from main disconnect.
11 Locate main power supply (Service) disconnect feeding System Cabinet and re-apply
power.
12 Perform system startup. See Energizing System on page 35.
Page 34 Section 1.0 - Lock-Out & Tag-Out (LOTO)

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 2.0 System Preparation for Energizing Power
POTENTIAL PERFORM LOTO BEFORE PERFORMING SERVICE OF ANY KIND. See Section 1.0 on
ELECTRICAL page 33.
SHOCK
Follow the steps below to ensure that your system powers up safely, properly and reliably.
Potential for PDU tap settings must match input voltage else there is potential for equipment damage.
Equipment
Damage
Section 3.0 Energizing System

System power-up is controlled by both hardware and software. When power is applied, power is
switched “ON” to each of the subsystems through hardware. Software in the subsystems boot and
begin loading their operating systems and applications. Complete system startup takes
approximately 2 minutes.
1.) Prepare the system for energizing, if required. See System Preparation for Energizing Power
on page 35.
2.) Remove tag and lock from facility power. See Section 1.2 on page 34
3.) Press the POWER ON button on the console to initiate system start-up.
Figure 1-1 Console Power On Button
4.) System startup is complete when applications screen is displayed on workstation computer.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 4.0 De-Energizing System

Shut down is controlled by both software and hardware. When a shutdown is initiated, application
and the operating software execution is terminated. While this takes place, signals are sent to the
PDU to shut-off system hardware. Complete shutdown takes approximately 1 minute.
1.) From the application interface, using the mouse, click on the tools icon. This selects the
Service User Interface.
2.) Now click on SHUT DOWN.
3.) Now tag and lock out facility power to the system, if you wish to perform service. See Section
1.2 on page 34.
Section 5.0
Equipment Safety - Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
A sudden discharge of static electricity from your finger or other conductor can destroy static-
sensitive devices or microcircuitry. Often the spark is neither felt nor heard, but damage occurs. An
electronic device exposed to electrostatic discharge (ESD) might not appear to be affected at all
and can work perfectly throughout a normal cycle. The device can function normally for a while, but
it has been degraded in the internal layers, reducing its life expectancy.
Networks built into many integrated circuits provide some protection, but in many cases, the
discharge contains enough power to alter device parameters or melt silicon junctions.
5.1 Generating Static

The following table shows that:
• Different activities generate different amounts of static electricity.
Page 36 Section 4.0 - De-Energizing System

GE HEALTHCARE 
• Static electricity increases as humidity decreases.
Relative Humidity
Event 55% 40% 10%
Walking across carpet 7,500 V 15,000 V 35,000 V
Walking across vinyl floor 3,000 V 5,000 V 12,000 V
Motions of bench worker 400 V 800 V 6,000 V
Removing bubble pack from PCB 7,000 V 20,000 V 26,500 V
Packing PCBs in foam-lined box 5,000 V 11,000 V 21,000 V
Many electronic components are sensitive to ESD. Circuitry design and structure determine the
degree of sensitivity. The following packaging and grounding precautions are necessary to prevent
damage to electric components and accessories.
• Transport products in static-safe containers, such as tubes, bags, or boxes to avoid hand
contact.
• Protect all electrostatic parts and assemblies with conductive or approved containers or
packaging.
• Keep electrostatic sensitive parts in their containers until they arrive at static-free stations.
• Place items on a grounded surface before removing them from their container.
• When handling or touching a sensitive component or assembly, ground yourself by touching
the chassis.
• Avoid contact with pins, leads, or circuitry.
• Place reusable electrostatic-sensitive parts from assemblies in protective packaging or
conductive foam.
5.2 Personal Grounding Methods and Equipment

Use the following equipment to prevent static electricity damage to equipment:
• Wrist straps are flexible straps with a maximum of one-megohm +/- 10% resistance in the
ground cords. To provide a proper ground, wear the strap against bare skin. The ground cord
must be connected and fit snugly into the banana plug connector on the grounding mat or
workstation.
• Heel straps, toe straps, and boot straps can be used at standing workstations and are
compatible with most types of shoes or boots. On conductive floors or dissipative floor mats,
use them on both feet with a maximum of one-megohm +/- 10% resistance between the
operator and ground.
Static Shielding Protection Levels
Method Voltage
Antistatic plastic 1,500
Carbon-loaded plastic 7,500
Metallized laminate 15,000
5.3 Grounding the Work Area

To prevent static damage of components and parts in the work area:
• Cover the work surface with approved static-dissipative material. Provide a wrist strap
connected to the work surface and properly grounded tools and equipment.
• Use static-dissipative mats, foot straps, or air ionizers to give added protection.

GE HEALTHCARE 
• Handle electrostatic sensitive components, parts, and assemblies by the case or PCB
laminate.
• Handle components only at static-free work areas.
• Turn off power and input signals before inserting and removing connectors or test equipment.
• Use fixtures made of static-safe materials when fixtures must directly contact dissipative
surfaces.
• Keep work area free of non-conductive materials, such as ordinary plastic assembly aids and
Styrofoam.
5.4 Recommended Materials and Equipment

Materials and equipment that are recommended for use in preventing static electricity include:
• Antistatic tape, smocks, aprons, or sleeve protectors
• Conductive bins, foam, tabletop workstations with ground cord of one-megohm +/-10%
resistance, and other assembly or soldering aids.
• Static-dissipative table or floor mats with hard tie to ground
• ESD Field service kits
• Static awareness labels
• Wrist straps and footwear straps providing one-megohm +/-10% resistance
• Material handling packages
- Conductive plastic bags, plastic tubes and tote boxes
- Opaque shielding bags
- Transparent metallized shielding bags and shielding tubes
Section 6.0 Important...X-Ray Protection

X-ray equipment if not properly used may cause injury. Accordingly, the instructions herein
contained should be thoroughly read and understood by everyone who will use the equipment
before you attempt to place this equipment in operation. The General Electric Company, Medical
Systems Group, will be glad to assist and cooperate in placing this equipment in use.
Although this apparatus incorporates a high degree of protection against x-radiation other than the
useful beam, no practical design of equipment can provide complete protection. Nor can any
practical design compel the operator to take adequate precautions to prevent the possibility of any
persons carelessly exposing themselves or others to radiation.
It is important that anyone having anything to do with x-radiation be properly trained and fully
acquainted with the recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and
Measurements as published in NCRP Reports available from NCRP Publications, 7910 Woodmont
Avenue, Room 1016, Bethesda, Maryland 20814, and of the International Commission on
Radiation Protection, and of any other local authorities, and take adequate steps to protect against
injury.
The equipment is sold with the understanding that the General Electric Company, GE Healthcare,
its agents, and representatives have no responsibility for injury or damage which may result from
improper use of the equipment.
Page 38 Section 5.0 - Equipment Safety - Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)

GE HEALTHCARE 
Various protective materials and devices are available. It is urged that such materials or devices be
used.
Section 7.0 Damage in Transportation

All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent, write “damage
in shipment” on all copies of the freight or express bill before delivery is accepted or “signed for” by
a General Electric representative or any authorized receiving agent.
Whether noted or concealed, damage MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery,
or in any event, within 14 days after receipt, and the contents and containers must be held for
inspection by the carrier.
To file a report with GEHC: Call 1-800-548-3366 and use option 8.
Section 8.0 Certified Electrical Contractor Statement

All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared
for the equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. In addition, electrical feeds
into the Power Distribution Unit shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other
connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations and testing shall be performed by
qualified GE Medical personnel. The products involved (and the accompanying electrical
installations) are highly sophisticated, and special engineering competence is required. In
performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field
engineers. All of GE’s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the
applicable electrical codes.
The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers,
personnel of third-party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to
perform electrical servicing on the equipment.
Section 9.0 Omissions and Errors

Customers, please contact your GE Sales or Service representatives.
GE personnel, please use the GEMS iTrak Process to report all omissions, errors, and defects in
this publication.
Section 10.0 Package and Service Toolket

Purpose:
Check all the crates appearances, preventive collision labels and preventive tilting labels.

GE HEALTHCARE 
If the center of the preventive collision label is GREEN, it means the system is OK without any
collision during shippment.
If the center of the preventive collision label is RED, it means the system is not OK with collision
during shippment. Please open the crates to check system carefully.
Red
Figure 1-2 Preventive Collision Label
If the center of the preventive tilting label is GREEN, it means the system is OK without any tilting
during shippment.
If the center of the preventive tilting label is RED, it means the system is not OK with tilting during
shipment. Please open the crates to check system carefully.
Green
Figure 1-3 Preventive Tilting Label
Prepare the standard service toolkit

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 11.0 Tube and Generator Specifications

11.1 Tube Specifications
Please refer to Technical Reference Manual 5331186-100 for details.
11.2 Generator Specifications
Table 1-1 Generator Specifications
Item Specs.
VOLTS 380/480 Vac
AMP, momentary 110/88 A
AMP, long term 7/5.5 A
KVA 70 KVA
Phase/Hz 3Ph-50/60Hz

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 2 System Architect and Component
3 2
7
8
10
Chapter 2 - System Architect and Component Page 43

GE HEALTHCARE 
Item Component Name Part Number
1 U-Arm for Brivo XR575 5420593 for GUA575

5420597 for GUA575-P
2 Collimator XS-1D 5429399-ROHS
3 Detector 5436666
4 Tube 5331186
5 Console 5429246
6 Cabinet(PDU and Generator) 5429116
7 Workstation 5810000-A or 8770000-11
8 Monitor 5498484
9 Stretcher table 5428952/5428953
Note: The imaging resolution is 5pix per 1mm. The Imaging area can be larger than 404*404mm.
Page 44 -
GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 3 - System Installation Guide and

Checklist
The primary tasks are designed to be performed in sequence. Follow the sequence of tasks describe for each primary
task in Section 1.0 that follow.
Section 1.0
Installation
1 Receive and Inventory System People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 10

Inventory equipment & report discrepancies immediately.
2 Uncrate, Inventory and move them to room People Required: 2 Minutes to Complete: 60
Collect Product Locator Cards and store in a secure location.
Uncrate and Inventory subbox.
Plan route and transport equipment to room.
3 System cabinet positioning and fix Arm People Required: 2 Minutes to Complete: 45
Lift and move the cabinet to the designed position by service tool.
Lift and move the U-Arm to designed position by service tool.
Install the topbox to fix the U-Arm.
Detector component installation and cable

4 People Required:2 Minustes to Complete:45
connection
Take out detector housing from shipping container.
Install detector housing to the U-Arm.
Install the Tube support to balance the U-Arm
Install ion chambor(optional), detector and connect cables
Mount in the covers and route the cables between the detector housing and U-Arm
Grid in/out to test whether the function is good.
Tube and collimator installation and cable

5 People Required:2 Minutes to Complete:20
connection
Take out tube and collimator from shipping container.
Put the tube on the tube support
Connect the collimator to the tube
Connect and routing cables, then wear the cable sleeves.
Mount in the covers
Chapter 3 - - System Installation Guide and Checklist Page 45

GE HEALTHCARE 
(Continued)
6 Cable connection to Top Box People Required: 2 Minutes to Complete: 30
Install the limit switch on column.
Install the cable support on topbox
Connect and routing cables, then wear the cable sleeves
7 Cabinet Cable Routing and Connection People Required: 2 Minutes to Complete: 10

Open the Cabinet cover
Connect cables to Cabinet.
8 Workstation and Console installation People Required: 2 Minutes to Complete: 15

Position and connect Workstation computer, Console and accessories. Including any purchased
equipment (i.e.Bar Code Reader) options.
9 Table unpacking and installation People Required: 2 Minutes to Complete: 10

Unpacking the table box and complete installation
10 System power on and positioner check People Required:1 Minutes to Complete: 30

Power on the system
Make image chain alignment
Couterweight
11 Final cover installation People Required: 2 Minutes to Complete: 15
12 Configuration and calibration People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 40

Configure the equipment
Calibrate the equipment
13 Data backup for restore People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 10
14 System Checks People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 20

Do system checks after system configuration and calibration.
If necessary, attach Warning Labels and Rating

15 People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 5
Plates
If your country requires to attach especial labels, please find them in accessory box and attach them in
site under the instruction in chapter 9.
If your country requires the product rating plate to be in the language of that country, follow the
instructions on document #45474336. Paste the appropriate language label over the English rating plate.
16 Cleanup Site People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 20

Remove and dispose of shipping materials and tools properly.
Page 46 Section 1.0 - Installation

GE HEALTHCARE 
(Continued)
17 Customer Turnover People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 10
Complete & Return Product (i.e; Locator) Cards.
Perform general house keeping tasks and turn system over to user.
18 Complete Installation Checklist People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 10

Field Engineer to fill out installation checklist at completion of installation.
Lead is used in this system to provide required radiation shielding, such as in tube, collimator,
please pay attention and do not touch it directly.
Section 2.0 Installation Checklist

Purpose: Installation checklist to confirm that all critical installation steps have been completed.
Item # Item
1.) Power and ground cables connected and tightened:
Power cables (how many?, where?)
Ground cables (how many?, where?)
2.) All signal cables connected and tightened.
3.) Cable shield clamps installed and tightened (how many?, where?).
4.) All mounting bolts installed and tightened (floor and wall).
5.) Collimator alignments done.
6.) Detector installed and connected.
7.) Control room cables properly dressed.
8.) Correct language decal applied to workstation.
9.) All covers installed.
10.) Room cleaned.
11.) Product locator cards collected.
12.) Missing components and/or options:
13.) List of any installation drawing deviations (all deviations should be signed by customer
and reviewed by the installation specialist).
14.) Packing materials disposed of.
15.) Service Tool returned
Chapter 3 - - System Installation Guide and Checklist Page 47

GE HEALTHCARE 
Item # Item
16.) Detent marks and labels attached.
17.) Have all calibrations been completed?
18.) Have the sample images been installed on the system?
19.) Have purchased options been installed/enabled/configured?
20.) All appropriate regulatory labels installed:
X-ray tube focal spot
Warning labels
Rating plates
21.) InSite checkout completed?
22.) Have functional checks been completed?
23.) Are all covers installed?
24.) Have all protective tape/coverings been removed?
25.) Are there any appearance issues?
26.) Are there any system issues?
27.) Are there any functional limitations?
28.) Has system documentation (paper and CDROM) been given to the customer?
29.) Is the hospital scheduling system (HIS/RIS) configured? Does the modality display
MWL (Modality WorkList) responses successfully?
30.) Are printers configured and printer calibrations done on ALL printers?
31.) Are PACS configured and SMPTE and/or test images pushed to system for successful
display (be sure burn/no burn is properly set for PACS)?
32.) Has local physics inspection been completed. Some states/sites may not allow use of
system for patients until this is done.
33.) Has backup of system been performed when initial installation? (Patient Data Base as
well as total system backup)
34.) Has Field Engineer completed all checklists:
Installation checklist
Page 48 Section 2.0 - Installation Checklist

GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 4 Service Tool Instruction
Section 1.0 Component
Service Tool Component
Transporting dolly Fixed plate Foldable Crane
One bar
One bolt Alternate bar, bolt and axle
Wrench Two yellowbelts
One axle
Two small
bolts
Chapter 4 - Service Tool Instruction Page 49

GE HEALTHCARE 
Table 4-1 Parts checklist of SVC tool collection
NO. Parts for collection attention Quantity where used for SVC Tool
1 Limit shaft with pin 2 Foldable crane
2 Arm length limit shaft with pin 1 Foldable crane
3 Bars (with 2 nuts for each) 2 Transporting dolly
4 Bolt 1 Transporting dolly
5 Wrenches 2 Transporting dolly
6 Axle (with 2 screw rings for each) 2 Transporting dolly
7 Small bolts 4 Transporting dolly
8 Screw stems (with 2 nuts for each) 2 Transporting dolly
9 Yellow belts 2 Transporting dolly
10 Binding belts 3 SVC Tool fixing
Section 2.0 Installation

Please refer to: Chapter 5 - System Hardware Installation-Section 1.0 U-Arm Positioning for
Service tool usage.
Section 3.0 Planned Maintenance

3.1 Foldable crane maintenance:
1.) Use only on the hard and flat ground; never use on the soft ground.
2.) Lifting loads must not exceed the rated load.
3.) The rated load of foldable crane will be reduced when the crane arm is in the extension
process; the rated load of every adjusted position is indicated on the label and prohibit use of
overloading.
4.) Make sure the arm fixed on the firmly position by the fixed pin before lifting.
5.) Equipped with elastic lock mechanism on the hook; ensure the lock proper function before
lifting.
6.) Ensure the load smooth and stable before lifting; the center of gravity of the load is always in
the correct below of the hook.
7.) Prohibit standing in the below of the hook and load.
8.) Do not allow the load violent shaking or falling when moved.
9.) Foldable crane is not special tool used to transport or move goods; if necessary to be moved,
lower the load and jib height as low as possible before moved.
10.) Foldable crane is not a tool used for sustain the load indefinitely, so remove the load promptly
after each operation completed.
11.) Visual inspection carefully before every used; if there is any damaged or abnormal, please
Page 50 Section 1.0 - Component

GE HEALTHCARE 
submit to repair in time.
12.) Check the hydraulic cylinder of foldable crane whether oil spill before and after every used; if
leaking, stop using and submit to replace hydraulic cylinder.
3.2 Transporting dolly maintenance

1.) Must be used on flat ground.
2.) Do not allow to crash when used.
3.) Do not allow water touch in use; if it is touched in water in case, dry cleaning and lubricate.
3.3 Rotating shaft and shaft hole maintenance

1.) After used, carefully check the device to collect the various components and soldering whether
is normal and check the rotating shaft(drawing number:ST37-07DDW and ST37-13DDW) and
the work surface of the shaft-hole match whether is damaged; if there are some problems,
replace the parts or repair in time.
2.) After used, lubricate Hinge and the work surface of the shaft-hole match.
3.4 Lifting belt maintenance

1.) Do not allow overload.
2.) Do not use any breakage aging and defective.
3.) Highly corrosive chemical solvents or high temperatures will damage belt and weaken the
safety of the belt.
4.) Lifting heavy objects as smooth and slow as possible to prevent lifting force suddenly.
5.) Lifting objects with sharp edges will likely cut the belt so it should be worn protective liner.
6.) Lifting belt should be placed in a dark place when sustained not work indefinitely.
3.5 Overall transport considerations

1.) After finished, must put the foldable crane fix shelves using trapped ties before the packing.
2.) Put the transport rack as a whole onto the wooden pallet, and fix it on the wooden bottom
bracket to ensure the whole not be traversed up and down.
Chapter 4 - Service Tool Instruction Page 51

GE HEALTHCARE 
Page 52 Section 1.0 - Component

GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 5 - System Hardware Installation
Section 1.0
U-Arm Positioning
Be careful of injured by the nails.
• Do not discard any packing materials such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all parts are
accounted for against the packing list.
• Check the mechanical conditions and external appearances of all parts for possible damages
or missing items.
• The distribution center or factory must be notified immediately for any damage or shortage of
parts.’
Note: Unpacking OPEN ME FIRST box (Pink Box) in Crate #1 at first.

The "OPEN ME FIRST" box is in the accessory package. There are manual CD, SW CD, local
languages system labels and other accessories in this package.Take out the Operator and Service
Documents and CD. Read Manuals carefully before system installation and calibration.
Chapter 5 - - System Hardware Installation Page 53

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.) Loosen the corner protectors on the corner of shipping container.
Figure 5-1 Loosen corner protectors
2.) Remove the top and side of shipping container, and Arm is bound on it. See Figure 5-2.
Page 54 Section 1.0 - U-Arm Positioning

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-2 Table Crate with top and side plate Removed
3.) Remove the protective covering with the scissor.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-3 Remove the Protective Covering
4.) Take out the wood fixtures and metal fixtures in the crate.
Figure 5-4 Take Out All the fixtures in the crate
5.) Move out the column cover beside the Arm

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-5 Remove the colulmn cover
6.) Use the service tool to move the U-Arm to the position.
a.) Open the service tool packing box.
b.) Relax the cords fixed around the service tool.
c.) Brake the casters and lift up the foldable crane

GE HEALTHCARE 
d.) Remove the bolt and axle from the ring in the transporting dolly.
e.) Remove the bar from the ring to move out the ring from the transporting dolly. And then
fixed the bar back to the dolly.

GE HEALTHCARE 
f.) Remove out the bar from the dolly to take out the lifting ropes
g.) Insert the axle to the hole in the bottom of the column.
h.) Insert the axle trough the hole in the top of the column.

GE HEALTHCARE 
i.) Set the two ropes crossingly from one side in the bottom axle to another side in the top
axle
j.) Unfold the foldable crane.

* Screw off the bolt from the crane to put down the carrier and then fix back the bolt
to the axis
carrier
* Draw out the pin and Strench out the lifting hook to the number 3 position.
When draw out the pin, please hold the hook to avoid to hit feet.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Pin
k.) Relax the brake on the wheel. Adjust the lifting arm height by hold the bar up and down
to lift the U-arm off to the transport cart.
hold the
bar
l.) Block the bottom of the column to the bar on the cart.

GE HEALTHCARE 
m.) Install the ring to the top of the column
n.) Bundle up the Arm and cart together. put the hook under the cart to avoid scrape.
o.) Push the dolly with the U-arm to the position.

p.) Rotate the U-arm away from the center and connect the hook on the lift arm to the ring.

GE HEALTHCARE 
q.) Lift up the column by foldable crane.

* If you don’t need to enter the elevator, please go to the step r.
* If you need to enter the elevator, please go to the step s.
r.) When the column is lifted up to 45° off the ground, put up the tripot on the cart to support
up the column.
* Remove the bolt on the column.
Slide
* Remove out the pin on the tripot.
* Put up the tripot and fix it to the column by tightening a bolt with a wrench.

GE HEALTHCARE 
* make the bottom of the column off the ground by the bar across the dolly.
* Remove off the foldable crane and push the U-arm into or out of the elevator then.
* When reach to the position, connect the foldable crane to the ring on the column and
put down the tripot.
s.) Using the foldable crane to make the column stand on the position.
t.) Lift up the U-Arm off the ground and rotate the column to front
u.) Pull down the lift arm by screw the knob on the foldable crane to disconnect the crane with
the ring on the column.
GE HEALTHCARE 
Knob
7.) Pull the arm down the ground and return to the front.
Figure 5-6 Position the Arm
8.) Move the other crate and take out the system accessories

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-7 Unpacking System accessories crate.
9.) Refer to the room layout in Pre-Installation Manual, confirm the location of the column with
Arm.
10.) Remove the protective covering and take out top box.

GE HEALTHCARE 
11.) Install the top box to the top of the U-arm column
- Relax the three M8 screws in the top back of the column
- Open the top and front cover from the topbox
- Reach the three holes on the topbox into the screws on the column to hang the topbox on
the column.
- Tighten up all the three screws with no less than 20NM tightening force
Top view of the column
Open the topbox covers Hang on the topbox on column
Figure 5-8 Install the top box to U-arm column
12.) Drill six Φ15mm holes at least 65mm deep into the ground concrete (not contain the tile or
protective layer) without removing away the column, the 15mm's drill bit is enclosed with the
package, and then clean the holes of all dust and chips.
Anchors require a minimum engagement of 65mm into the concrete. If the concrete thickness is
less than 110mm, it is recommended to weld or screwed a big steel plate under the column bottom.
The Big steel is not the basic accessory, please ask support from the service engineer for special
preparation.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Six holes in column baseboard
Figure 5-9 Drill the holes into the floor
v.) Insert the expansion nuts into the 6 holes with hammer lightly till the expansion fully sink
into concrete (allow2-5mm below, such as Picture1 step2),screw in the M12*80 bolt
(with washer) into the expansion nuts and. Adjust the bottom plate level then tighten the
six anchor with 50NM-60NM torque.
Note: The M12*120 bolt will be used instead in case of 20-40mm thickness ceramic tile paving.
Figure 5-10 Process of fixing the baseboard by anchor bolts
w.) Install the baseboard cover.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Finished image
Section 2.0 Detector Housing Component

2.1 Unpacking
Remove the protective covering and take out detector housing.
2.2 Installation
1.) Screw off the Lock/Release handle of detector housing from the U-Arm
Figure 5-11 Release handle of detector housing

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.) Insert detector housing to U arm.
Detent box
Figure 5-12 Insert detector housing to U-Arm
3.) Firstly remove the cover of the detent box. Find a tool to press the detent into the detent
box.Direct the notch on the plate of the detector housing to the detent on U-Arm.Install the
detect box cover back.
Page 70 Section 2.0 - Detector Housing Component

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-13 Direct to the detent
4.) Install the Lock/Release handle of detector housing

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-14 Install the Lock/Release handle of detector housing
5.) Make the detector vertical to the floor by release the handle to rotate the detector housing.
Lock
Release
Figure 5-15 rotate the detector housing
Note: When the detector housing is vertical to the arm, the detent will be in fixed position.
6.) To balance the U-Arm, install the tube support.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Align the Tube support

to the marked lines on
U-Arm
Marked lines

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.3 Cable connection
1.) Screw off the back cover of the detector housing.
Figure 5-16 screw off the back cover of detector housing (before)
Figure 5-17 screw off the back cover of detector housing (after)
2.) Open the detector housing front cover.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-18 Open the detector housing front cover
3.) Insert cables (5428934, 5428629, 5428859, 5433031) from the back of U-arm into detector
housing.And Don't insert all the length into the detector housing. leave the cables out of the
detector housing about600m
Figure 5-19 Insert cables into detector housing

GE HEALTHCARE 
Detector Housing Cable Routing
1. Detector signal cable (5428629)

2. detector power cable (5428934)
E-Stop cable
3. Detector ground cable(5428859)
4. E-stop cable(5433031)
Note˖
5. Ion Chamber cable 6. Handle button cable(5433031 to 1. Please tie the cable under the
(5437495) button) illustration
2. Directly plug in the fan cable to
detector housing fans
Figure 5-20 Cable routing in detector housing
4.) Connect cable(5428647) to two fans
Figure 5-21 Connect cables to two electric fans
5.) Connect the receptacle plug(5433031 to Grid-in SW) into the micro switch of grid in/out.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-22 Plug in grid in/out switch
6.) Put the cable(5433031 to button) in the wire slot under the detector housing.
Figure 5-23 Cable connection to button
7.) Route the other cables in the detector housing.
Figure 5-24 Cable route
8.) Install the Ion chambor with the cable into the housing firstly.

GE HEALTHCARE 
DO NOT put anything onto the detector rail.

a.) Remove the block on the slide.
Bottom block Up block
Ion chambor slide rail
Figure 5-25 Remove the block on the slide rail
b.) Slide in the ion chambor
Figure 5-26 Slide in the ion chambor
c.) Cable conncection(5437495) to the ion chambor

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-27 Ion chambor cable connection
d.) Screw off the nuts and fix the ground cables on the U-Arm
e.) Fixed back the blocks in the detector housing.

9.) Install the detector
a.) Unpack the detector package.
Figure 5-28 Detector

GE HEALTHCARE 
b.) Move off the block and relax the four clamps
c.) Slide in the detector

d.) Connect the cables (5428934, 5428629,5428859)
Ground Cable
5428859
Figure 5-29 Cable connection to detector
e.) Mount on the block and fix the four clamps

10.) Install back the back cover.
11.) Connect the cable (5433031 to button)to handle button.
12.) Connect the cable (5433031 to E-stop)to emergency button on the front cover.
13.) Slide in the grid to the two rails respectively in the detector housing to check whether it can be

GE HEALTHCARE 
inserted without any difficulty.
Two grid rails
Figure 5-30 Finish detector component installation
14.) Route the cables between the detector housing and U-Arm
15.) Wear the cables sleeve.
One end of
Detector housing
cables ties position
SID sleeves
30h800
No cable ties inside
The other end

ties to slide
Length
600-620mm
For all cables

in detector
housing side
Figure 5-31 Route the cables and wear the sleeves

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 3.0
X-ray Tube and Collimator
3.1 Unpacking
Be careful of injured by the nails.
• Do not discard any packing materials such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all parts are
accounted for against the packing list.
• Check the mechanical conditions and external appearances of all parts for possible damages
or missing items.
• The distribution center or factory must be notified immediately of any damage or shortage of
parts.
1.) Loosen the fibulaes and remove the crate. See Figure 5-32.
Figure 5-32 Loosen Fibulaes and Remove Crate
2.) Open the upper cover of the tube box.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-33 Open the upper cover of tube box
3.) Take out X-ray tube from the box.
Figure 5-34 Take out the Tube from the box
3.2 Installation
1.) Open the package of the collimator
2.) demount the plastic board on the collimator, snip the cable ties which fixed the two pairs of lead
blades, then test if the blades can operate normally, mount the plastic board

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-35 Snip the cable ties in the collimator
3.) Remove the flange from the collimator.

Note: Don’t remove the clamps off the collimator, just remain it on the collimator for next reinstallation.
Figure 5-36 Remove the flange from the collimator
4.) Install the washer into the bolt enclosed with the collimator
Bolt
Washer
Well installated
5.) Put the tube on the tube support.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-37 Put the tube on the tube support
Notice the tube installation direction. If the direction is wrong, the tube focal spot will
be inaccurate, and the tube may be falling down if the clamps are loose.
Hold the tube to prevent it from falling down.

6.) Install the flange with four bolts to fix the tube and connect with collimator.
At the bottom of the tube support
Figure 5-38 Fix X-ray Tube
7.) Rotate the tube support 180 degrees to make the flange up.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-39 Rotate Tube Support 180 Degrees
8.) Mount 3 bolts/washer and 2 clamps into Collimator flange, bolts inserted depth should be
1~2mm.
Note: In order to securely mount the collimator, please add Loctite 242 to the screws on the clamps.
Figure 5-40 Mount Bolts and Clamps to Collimator
9.) Put collimator on tube stand, pull out the unfixed clamp to have more area to insert collimator
into the collimator flange which is fixed on tube before.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-41 Mount collimator on tube
10.) Fix all the 4 bolts to fix connection between tube and collimator. Tightening torque for preload
5.5Nm.
11.) Rotate tube support back.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-42 Rotate Tube Support Back
12.) Install the Cable support on tube support.
Figure 5-43 cable support on tube support
13.) Install the other cable support on the Arm

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-44 cable support on the Arm
3.3 Cable connection

1.) Remove the cable support cover.
Figure 5-45 Remove the cable support cover
2.) Route the cable(5428663,5428636,5428666 and HV cables) through cable support to the tube
side.
Back Front
Figure 5-46 route cables through cable support
3.) Wind the cables around the cable support.

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.) Prior to the connection of the high-voltage cables, remove the old silicone compound on the
plug surfaces with clean dry cloth and confirm that there are no cracks, flaws, or traces of
creeping discharge on the surfaces.
Note: When the traces of creeping discharge are found, be sure to replace the defective parts.
(Grinding off the traces only will not be effective.)
5.) Coat the tip of the cable plugs with the silicone compound about five to seven grams, that is,
to the extent the tip is hidden under the heaped up compound. At this time, the side of the cable
plug should not be greased.
Figure 5-47 Coating with Silicone Compound
6.) Remove the cap covered the socket of the tube housing and wipe the inside softly with a clean
dry cloth. DO NOT use any chlorinated solvents to clean any parts.
7.) Install the HV cables(5122632) to the anode side and cathode side.
HV Cable Socket HV Cable

+ (ANODE) +
- (CATHODE) -
Check the polarity of HV cables carefully, and DO NOT connect the two HV cables
reversedly.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Connect the HV cables in the correct polarity with sufficient care not to produce
interstice between the cable plug flange and the cable socket at the insertion of the
plugs. Presence of such clearance or incomplete silicone compound coating will cause
creeping discharge and normal operation of tube will be disturbed.
Figure 5-48 Inserting Cable Plug
8.) Tighten the high-voltage cables solidly to the sockets of the tube housing by the threaded cable
flange. The elapse of time and repeated temperature rise of the tube housing may loosen the
fastening portion, it is necessary to fulfill periodical checking and retightening of the fastening
after the initiation of the operation of the X-ray tube. As a periodical maintenance means, the
high-voltage plugs and sockets must be regreased in every 14 months. When regreasing, the
operation should be repeated from the foregoing item 7).
9.) Demount the tube cover on Anode side.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-49 Demount Tube Cover
10.) Connect the anode rotation cable (5428666).

Note: Fix the cable with clamp.
Figure 5-50 Anode Rotation Cable Conections
Tube HV Tank
1 C
2 M
3 A
SW SW
SW SW
E E
11.) Remount the tube cover.

12.) Connect the cable(5428636 to button ) to handle button on tube side .

GE HEALTHCARE 
Cautions: Don’t make

the cables pass
through the notch on
the cable support.
Otherwise the cables
will wind with the axle
of tube support what
will cause some
serious faults
Figure 5-51 Cable connection from spine board to tube side button.
13.) Connect collimator power cable(5428663).
Figure 5-52 connect collimator power cable
14.) Connect LCD cable and ground cable.
1:For routing from Topbox to PDU

2:For routing all cables from tube side
3:For routing high voltage cables and collimator power cable in tube side
4:For routing all cables from Arm in detector housing side
5:For routing other cables in tube side
6:For routing cables from Arm in tube side

GE HEALTHCARE 
Groud cable Display cable

5428636 5428636
Figure 5-53 LCD cables
15.) Route the cables and package the cable sleeves.
1 2 3 4 5

GE HEALTHCARE 
Tube cable routing and package
Cathode side sleeve30h500

First Step
Anode sidecable
1. High voltage anodecable
2. Handle button cable
3. Rotating anode cable
4. Collimator power cable
Anode side sleeve50h650
Second step
Butt plug protection
Third step
Bind cathode and

anode cables
Binding position
Binding sleeve60h
Fourth step
Fix the binding sleeves

and put it through the
cable support
Left 1000-1100mm
length

GE HEALTHCARE 
Fifth step
Tube Cables ties

with U-Arm
cables
No cable ties
Sleeves with zipper

55h6200
U-Arm sleeves
35h150
Tube Cables ties

with U-Arm
cables
Figure 5-54 Route the cables on tube support
16.) Install the tube covers.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-55 cover installation
Section 4.0 Cable Connection to Top box

1.) Install the limit switch(5448734).
1.) Open the cover on the limit switch
2.) Connect the cables to the limit switch

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.) Screw it on th column
No + - Pole
Common and NO terminals
don’t install in this hole.
2.) Open the top box cover. Install the cable supports to the top box.
Cables onto the cable

supports
Figure 5-56 Install the cable support
3.) Route the cables onto the cable supports.

4.) Insert the cables
(5428931,5428934,5428631,5428663,5429133,5428665,5492121,5492123) through the clip
and plug them into the related interface.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Ground cable:
Ground cable: 5492123
5492121 5428665
Cable clip
Figure 5-57 Cable Connection on Top Box
5.) Moute on the top box cover

6.) Route the cables and package the cable sleeve.
Tie the cable in this

position.
Section 5.0
Cabinet Electrical Connections
For details, please refer to System Schematics and Drawings in Service Manual and Pre-
Installation Manual.
Note: The handle on each side of the cabinet only used to lift off the cover. Don’t move the cabinet by the
two handles.
1.) Bind the PDU by the included belts with dolly, lift the PDU by dolly and put it on the foldable
crane to move it to the right place.
2.) Open the PDU cover to expose the system by the below way.
a.) Insert the slotted screwdriver into the slit beside the breaker cover on the PDU and snap

GE HEALTHCARE 
the cover from the PDU.
b.) Screw off the 8 screws fixed on the PDU,hold on the handles beside the PDU, lift up one
side of PDU cover without the breaker cover firstly.
Pay attention that the handles on the cabinet are only used for lifting the
cover, but not to move the whole cabinet. Please position the cabinet
carefully and do not move it casualy. It is better to move it by qualified
engineer.
c.) Push the PDU cover from the lift up side to the other side with breaker cover.Then the
breaker will be hided inside the PDU cover.
d.) Lift the PDU cover and expose the inside system.
Page 100 Section 5.0 - Cabinet Electrical Connections

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.) Connect and route System Power Cable and Grounding cable.(hospital provide).
Figure 5-58 Connect and Route System Power Cable
4.) Connect and route cables to Jedi.

GE HEALTHCARE 
HV cable 5122632
Jedi X-ray On
Lmp Cable
5432235
IF board to Jedi
Cable 5428664
Ion Chambor(AEC1)
cable 5437495
Tube Rotator
cable 5428666
Figure 5-59 Connect and Route Cables to Jedi
5.) Connect and route cable to PDU

GE HEALTHCARE 
IF Board:
IF powercable to PDU
5428661,
IF board to Jedi
able 5428664,
IF board to Spine
board cable 5428632,
IF board to PC RS232
,
cable 5428628.
IF broad to Console
cable 5428630,
Room-door open switch
cable 5432234
J2+J3:
PC power cable 5428622
J1:U-Arm power cable

5428631
J4:IF power cable

5428661
Room-door open switch

cable 5432234
Jedi X-ray lamp On

cable 5432235
Figure 5-60 Connect and route cable to PDU
6.) Ground cable(5478018) between PDU to PC

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 6.0 - Workstation and Console Installation

6.1 Computer
1.) Placement
2.) Connections(USB/PS2)
5428622
HP LaserJet P2055d
printer
Bar Code Reader
Ground cable
5428628
5428629
cable connected to
moniter
Figure 5-61 Magic PC Connections
6.2 Mouse and Keyboard

1.) Placement
2.) Connections (USB/PS2)
6.3 Console & Handswitch

1.) Placement
2.) Connect IF (System Cabinet) to console(cable 5428630).
3.) Connect Handswitch to console.
4.) Change the warning label on top of console(No need for China)
a.) Remove the default Chinese warning label from the console.
b.) Take out the suitable label from the accessory box.

GE HEALTHCARE 
5.) Paste the right label on the warning label position.
Figure 5-62 Console component
IF to Console cable Handswitch cable

5428630
Warning label position
Figure 5-63 Console cables connection
6.4 LCD Monitor

1.) Placement
2.) Connections
a.) Video (DVI)
b.) Power & Ground
6.5 Bar Code Reader (Purchased Option)

1.) Placement
2.) Connections

GE HEALTHCARE 
6.6 Workstation Cable Connections
Part No. Description Workstation TO References
5428628 PC RS232 cable Magic Com port System IF See Figure 5-61
5428629 PC ethernet cable Magic PC Gb-E Detector See Figure 5-61
card
5428622 Image Monitor power Cable Monitor PDU J2 See Figure 5-61
5428622 Magic PC power cable Magic PC PDU J3 See Figure 5-61
Table 5-1 Workstation to Wall Box
Section 7.0 System Cable Connection
JEDI Cabinet PDU J2 5428622 PC MONITOR

Door 5432235
Tank J3 5428622 PC HOST
5122632(2pcs) 5432234
GND
or 5393036(2pcs) STATOR
X-Ray Light Xray on
DC BUS J2 J4 J1
70ഒ
Door LOCK Door lock switch
U
IF PWA 5428661 J5
AEC1 V
W Main power
J4 GND
5428666 J1 J3 J6 J5
5437495 5478018
5428631
5428628
Topbox(on column top) P1 Hand SWITCH

5428665 PN:5439061
5435323
5428630
Power
Servo 5435322 motor 5428632
J4 J1
TM CONSOLE
P5 P3 P4 P2 PN:5429246
5428663
5429133 5428931
5428934
Collimator 5428629
PN:5428859
Detector J12 J4 J7 J2 5435324 Rotation LOCK
Grid in Spine PWA

5428635(Brivo575P/575) Vertial POT(PN:5428672 )
Ion chamber E-stop 5433031 J9 (in the Arm) J8
button 5428639(Brivo515) SID POT (PN:5428673)
PN:5430961
Housing Fan 5428647 J6 J5 J10 J1 J13 5428638(only for 575P) Angle meter LCD
PN:5430986
5428645(Brivo575P/575) SID LOCK

5447187(Brivo515) PN:5447915
5428636˄Brivo 575P/575)
5428637(Brivo 515)
Button
Vertical lock
Tube Console LCD
And limit switch
PN:5430979
Note:
U-ARM Connectivity xxx.xxx connect cable and part number
Power supply
Section 8.0 Cover Installation

Purpose: This chapter is only used for Brivo XR575-P.

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.) Unpack Column Covers
Figure 5-64 Unpacking U-Arm covers
top cover
Front cover support
support screw screw M5×8
M5*12
Side cover support

screw M4×8
Figure 5-65 Cover installation illustration

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.) Install the cover on top of the column
Figure 5-66 top cover installation
3.) Install the side cover and front cover on the column

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 9.0 Table Assembly

1.) Screw off the bolt on top cover of the table box.
Figure 5-67 Unpacking the package of table
2.) Take out all of the table accessories
Figure 5-68 take out table accesories
3.) Install the two side brackets on the table top

a.) Insert the screw through the hole on the table leg as illustrated.
Figure 5-69 Insert the screw on the table top plate

GE HEALTHCARE 
b.) Mount on the table legs and turn the screw tight.
Figure 5-70 install the table
Don’t tighten the screw with more than 15Nm torque.
Section 10.0 Power On and Positioner Check

10.1 Alignment
10.1.1 Image chain alignment check.

The image chain alignment has been conducted before delivery to customers. Normally it is good
for image acquisition. But it still need to have a check before usage to ensure no any trouble
involved for transportation issues. The checking method is to see whether the projected cross lines
from collimator light field is aligned with the cross lines on the detector housing panel.
1.) Power on the system and open the collimator lamp
2.) Fix one collimator FOV and shrink the other FOV untill the light field is zoom out and just
covered by the line on the plastic plate. Observe the projected dark line on detector housing
panel and to see whether it aligns with the cross line marked on the center of detector housing
- If the projected cross line is not align with the cross line on detector housing panel, you
must conduct the image chain alignment once again. Otherwise, it will impact image
acquistion.

GE HEALTHCARE 
10.1.2 Image chain alignment procedure

1.) Align the X-ray light to the detector.
a.) Power up the system.
b.) Check the tube support is connected with Arm slide close to the line marked in Arm slide.
c.) Rotate the Arm to horizontal position.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 5-71 Position the Arm
d.) Set the FOV of collimator to 30*30cm

e.) Expose one time. As illustrated below, the black range is X-ray light imaging area, and
the outside white range is detector panel area.
f.) Go to viewer screen and click [Image-Raw] menu, then open the menu [Annotations /
mask] to draw two diagonal lines on the detetor area and x-ray source area respectively.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Point A
Diagonal lines in x-
ray source area
Point B
Diagonal lines in
detector panel area
g.) Comparing the point A and point B in the image to judge whether the bias of the center
is less than 10 mm. If the bias is within 10mm, then you don’t need to do the next steps
for alignment between x-ray and detector. Otherwise, please go next steps.
h.) If point B is left or right to the point A, then relax the four nuts(circled in blue as illustrated)
and adjust four screws(circled in red as illustrated)

GE HEALTHCARE 
i.) If point B is up or down to the point A.

* first judge according to the above way whether the bias is in the same level on
SID100cm and 180cm. If it is, then relax the four nuts(circled in blue in above figure)
and adjust the position of the tube support.
* If the bias are not up or down in same level, then relax the two screws (circled in blue
as illustrated) , then relax the two little bolts which is used to fix the position(circled
in red as illustrated).
j.) Rotate the Arm to 90 degree and conduct collimator alignment under the same way.
2.) Align the collimator light field with X-ray field
a.) U-arm set to 0 degree. SID set to 100cm, collimator FOV set to 30cm x 30cm. Do not

GE HEALTHCARE 
change the FOV in the following steps.
b.) Place 4 metal objects to mark the 4 edges of the light filed.
c.) Create an exam and take an exposure with 120kVp 2mAs. Select the raw image acquired
and adjust WW / WL.

GE HEALTHCARE 
d.) Check if the edges match with each other between the metal objects and the X-ray field.
If not, adjust the positions of the metal objects. Take exposure again to check until the
edges matches. Do not change the metal objects positions in the following steps.
e.) Remove the back cover of the collimator, adjust the positions of the light filed as shown,
until the edges matches between the light filed and metal objects.

GE HEALTHCARE 
f.) Install the back cover, then the alignment procedure ends.
3.) Light the collimator lamp. Check whether the line in the collimator plastic plate is aligned with
the crossing in the detector panel.
- Fix one collimator FOV and shrink the other FOV untill the light field is zoom out and just
covered by the line on the plastic plate. Observe the projected dark line on detector
housing panel and to see whether it aligns with the cross line marked on the center of
detector housing. If not, loosen the plastic plate and adjust it.

GE HEALTHCARE 
10.2 Couterweight
Purpose: The counterweight has been finished before delivery. It usually don’t need to do
this step in fields. Just in case the equipment can’t keep balance , adjust the weight of either
side of the Arm and the back of the column under the instructions in this chapter to balance
the equipment.
1.) If the Arm can’t be level in 0°, add or reduce the counterweights in detector housing side of

GE HEALTHCARE 
the Arm.
counterweight
2.) If upward force and downward force for column aren't balance, move the Arm to top position,
open the counterweight cover on the back of the column, add or reduce the counterweights.
10.3 Installation Checklist

Purpose: Installation checklist to confirm that all critical installation steps have been completed.
Item # Item
1.) Power and ground cables connected and tightened:

• Power cables (how many, where)
• Ground cables (how many, where)
2.) All signal cables connected and tightened.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Item # Item
3.) Cable shield clamps installed and tightened (how many, where).
4.) All mounting bolts installed and tightened (floor and wall).
5.) Mechanical alignments done.
6.) Control room cables properly dressed.
7.) All covers installed.
8.) Room cleaned.
9.) Product locator cards collected.
10.) Missing components and/or options:
11.) List of any installation drawing deviations (all deviations should

be signed by customer).
12.) Packing materials disposed of.
13.) Dollies and crates returned:

• Positioner Table / Standard Wall Stand dolly
14.) Have all calibrations been completed?
15.) Have the sample images been installed on the system?
16.) Have purchased options been installed/enabled/configured?
17.) Have System backup done?
18.) All appropriate regulatory labels installed:

• X-ray tube focal spot
19.) Have functional checks been completed?
20.) Are all covers installed?
21.) Have all protective tape/coverings been removed?
22.) Are there any cosmetic issues?
23.) Are there any system issues?
24.) Are there any functional limitations?
25.) Has system documentation (paper) been given to the customer?
26.) Has local physics inspection been completed? (some states/sites

may not allow use of system for patients until this is done)
27.) Has backup of pristine system been performed? (Patient Data

Base as well as total system backup)

GE HEALTHCARE 
Item # Item
28.) Field engineer has completed all checklists:

• Pre-Installation
• Installation checklist

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
DIRECTION 5429575-CA-1EN, REVISION 7 CONFIGURATION
Chapter 6 System Configuration
Section 1.0 When to Perform System Configuration
Potential for Data Loss:

1.) Always create an up-to-date backup of your system data following product installation
or changes to configuration data.
2.) Upon existing the Service User Interface (SUIF), for Configuration and Calibration
information to take effect, the system must be reset. This must be done before the
system is used for patient acquisitions.
1.1 During System Installation

Your system is delivered to you configured with default values. You should configure your system
to the values that are appropriate for your particular installation. The items that must be configured
are identified in Step.
Table 6-1 System Configuration Parameters
System Configuration Parameter
Step - Site Parameters on page 124
Step - General Parameters on page 125
Step - Positioner on page 126
Step - Product Network Filters on page 126
Step - HIPAA Configuration on page 127
Step - Generator Time on page 127
1.2 Missing or Lost System Backups

If you perform a software install and do not restore configuration files, you must re-perform all of
configurations listed in , after it’s complete. A software install resets all configuration data. If you
performed a [backup] before you began the software install, you are not required to perform the
configuration and calibrations. Simply [restore] the data saved previously
1.3 Addition of Purchased Options

Installation of purchased options can only be performed by authorized GE sales and service
representatives. If you add purchased options to your system, you should update the system
configuration files immediately and create/save a new backup.
Chapter 6 - System Configuration Page 123

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 2.0 Starting the System Configuration Tool

1.) Log into the System
a.) Log in as username: insite
b.) Enter the password.
Note: Consult your Administrator for Password information.
2.) From the application desktop, click Utility-System-Service icon sequently.
3.) Click on [Launch] button.
4.) The Home page Summary information shall display.
5.) Click on Configuration icon.
6.) In the left frame, click on the page icon associated with the configuration parameter name you
wish to change.
Section 3.0 System Configuration Tool Parameters

3.1 Site Parameters
The following information can be viewed regardless of service mode. All can be edited, except for
those identified
Table 6-2 Site Parameters
Parameters Definition
Site Name Name of specific location (Hospital, clinic...) where system is installed
(64 characters maximum)
Street Address1 Address of location system is installed (5 lines, and 64 characters

maximum per line)
Street Address2 Address of location system is installed (5 lines, and 64 characters

maximum per line)
City City of system is installed (5 lines, and 64 characters maximum per

line)
State/Province State/Province of location system is installed (5 lines, and 64

characters maximum per line)
PostalCode PostalCode of location system is installed (5 lines, and 64 characters

maximum per line)
Department Name Department name (i.e. Radiology) responsible for equipment

maintenance (64 characters maximum)
Telephone 64 characters maximum
Fax 64 characters maximum
Contact Person Name Customer or person responsible for maintenance of equipment. One
line, and 64 characters maximum.
Page 124 Section 1.0 - When to Perform System Configuration

GE HEALTHCARE 
Table 6-2 Site Parameters
Parameters Definition
Contact Person Phone Two lines, and 64 characters maximum per line
System ID System identifier assigned by GE Healthcare following system

installation and prior to customer turnover. (64 characters maximum)
Installation Date Date system installation completed; created by GE Healthcare. (64

characters maximum)
Service Contract Customer licensed Inhouse Service Contract number; created by GE

Number* Healthcare. (64 characters maximum)
Contract Expiration* Licensed Inhouse Service Contract number expiration date; created
by GE Healthcare. (64 characters maximum)
AE Title 16 characters maximum
Port Number 4 characters maximum
IP Address 16 characters maximum
The system has occupied two network segments, that is

“192.168.1.*” and “192.168.2.*”. Please avoid use the two network
segments when setup the hospital IP address.
Subnet Mask 16 characters maximum
Default Gateway 16 characters maximum Note: If the customer site does not have a
default gateway, use the default value loaded upon installation. The
field cannot be empty.
3.2 General Parameters
Table 6-3 General Parameters
Parameter Definition
Time Zone Allows the user to choose time zone according to site.
System Clock Allows the user to set the system clock according to site needs.
Data Display Format Allows the user to change/set system date display format. The Date
format is defined as MM-DD-YYYY (default) or DD-MM-YYYY.
Time Display Format Allows the user to change/set system time display format. The time
Format may be kept in a 24 hour format (Military) or 12 hour AM/PM
format: (hh:mm:ss (AM/PM)). The default value is Military
KeyBoard Allows the user to change/set system KeyBoard type.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Table 6-3 General Parameters
Parameter Definition
Measurement System Used to define English or Metric as the system’s measurement

system. The default value is metric.
Application Language Defines the language used for applications screens. The default
value is English. For the site the chinese application wanted, the
Chinese should be selected.
Encoding Defines the language encoding. Encoding must consistent between

system and the RIS/PACS/Printers.
• ISO_IR 100：English encoding
• GB18030:Chinese encoding
• ISO_IR 192:Russian or other languages
QAP Timeout This item determines the interval between QAP test in days. Used to
inform system users that a QAP interval has expired and a QAP test
should be performed. The default value is 7 days.
VA Site This will configure the system for VA options.
Screen Blank Timeout Used to set the period of inactivity (where no user inputs and
processing activity occurs) in which screen blanking can begin. This
feature functions to prolong the life of the monitor, thus preventing a
burn-in. Time is selected in minutes. The default value is 15 minutes.
(4 characters maximum)
Image Mask Adjustment Adjusts the mask that is applied to the acquired image from the
detector. It affect Raw and Processed images.
3.3 Positioner
Table 6-4 Positioner Parameter
Parameter Meaning
Mode choose the system work mode;

normal work mode and exhibition mode
Ceiling Height set height of the floor to the roof(unit: cm)
Anti-Collision Yes:open the Anti-collision

No: close the Anti-collision
Motor Mode At Power On Speed:motor runs in constant-speed

Power-assisted:manualoperation runs with the motor running
3.4 Product Network Filters

Configure the Production network fiters,firewall default setting is ON.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.5 HIPAA Configuration

If you activate this function on Options parameter screen, upon system start-up, a Logon screen will
pop up to protect your system data with entering an username and password. Please refer to
System Login (HIPPA) on page 150 for operation steps.
3.6 Generator Time

This test will execute the Jedi Time Diagnostics and Sync. Please refer to Jedi Time Sync with
System Time on page 149 for operation steps.
Section 4.0 Network Connection (DICOM) Configuration

See the Operator’s Manual for instructions on how to configure DICOM on this system.
The following worksheets should be used to capture and archive your system’s DICOM
configuration for future reference. Records configuration information in the work sheets that follows.
Place worksheets in a safe place so that they may be referenced in the future if needed.
4.1 Network Hosts
4.1.1 Host Tab
Table 6-5 Host Tab
Attribute Host Device 1 Host Device 2 Host Device 3
Host Label = = =
Application Entry Title = = =
Network Address = = =
Port Number = = =
Query Retrieve = = =
Storage Commitment = = =
Storage Commitment - Application Entity = = =

Title
Storage Commitment - Network Address = = =
Storage Commitment - Port Number = = =
Comments = = =

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.1.2 Preference Tab

Values for each network node are configured on the Workstation PC. Generally, options 1, 2 and 3
are enabled (checked) for remote viewing stations, PACS, etc.
• Option 1 - Check this option if the remote host being configured should be able to Query and
get a response of a list of images on the magic.
• Option 2 - Check this option if the remote host being configured should be able to Retrieve
any of images returned on the image list (pull) from the magic.
• Option 3 - Check this option if the remote host being configured should be able to Send / Push
any of the images in its local database to the magic.
• Option 4 - This option will never be used since the magic does not yet generate multi-frame
images.
• Option 5 - Checking this option will cause the magic to strip out all patient information in the
images being sent to the remote node being configured. Same as de-identify and push
automatically. Some sites may want to check this option for some nodes being configured for
security purposes (if they do not want to divulge any patient info to the folks using this remote
node).
• Options 6- should be checked / enabled based on the procedure that you have from Rich
Warp.
• Options 7 & 8 - will be used only for the HIS / RIS system being configured Option 7 should
be selected for the HIS / RIS system only if it has been configured to accept MPPS messages
from the magic.
• Options 8 - may not be implemented on your system yet. If it has not been implemented,
please ignore.
• Options 9 - DX images send as CR Modality
Table 6-6 Preference Tab
Option Attribute Value
1 Allow this network host to query the =

TERRA_NETWORK
2 Allow this network host to retrieve from the =

TERRA_NETWORK
3 Allow this network host to send images to the =

TERRA_NETWORK
4 This network host accepts multiple frame image. =
5 Perform de-identification (anonymous patient =

images) when sending to this network host.
6 Apply “Burn-On-Send” to images when sending to =Burn-On-Send

this network host.
7 Send MPPS N-Create and N-Set notification to this =

network host.
8 Make this network host the HIS/RIS source. (Only =

one host can be designated as the HIS/RIS source.)
9 DX Images sent as CR Modality =

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.2 Printers
4.2.1 Agfa Drystar 3000 Printer
4.2.1.1 Printer Parameters
Table 6-7 Printer Tab
Attribute Value Comments
DICOM Printer Label DRYSTAR3000 Or customers preference
Application Entry Title Enter value given by Site Network AE Titles may be site specific, be
Administrator sure to check on-site
IPNetwork Address Enter value given by Site Network

Administrator
Port Number 104 Port number may be site specific, be

sure to check on-site
Pixel Depth 12
Printer Pixel Size (micron) 79.4
Configuration Information PERCEPTION_LUT=LINEAR (no

spaces)
Density Min. = 20, Max. = 300
Magnification Type CUBIC
Smooth Factor 140
Trim NO Not Supported
Polarity NORMAL
Border Density BLACK
Empty Image Density BLACK
Printer Memory Size 40Mbytes
Table 6-8 Layout Tab
Attribute Value
Select the desired layouts allowed for this printer 1:1, 1:2, 2:1, 2:2
Slide formats Not Applicable

GE HEALTHCARE 
Table 6-9 Film Size Tab
Attribute Value Value Comments
8 x 10in Pixel Width = 2388 AGFA Layout - Portrait 9006

Pixel Height = 2972
10 x 12in Pixel Width =

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =
11 x 14in Pixel Width = 3300 AGFA Layout -Portrait 9014

Pixel Height = 4256

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height = 5174
24 x 24cm Pixel Width =

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =
General Comments:
- Supports Clear and Blue Film. If medium selected (Clear, Paper) does not match the
printer, the job will be queued until the correct film is loaded.
- AGFA layouts are specific to maximum printable area layouts. Please consult the AGFA
technical representative to install custom layouts
- Only 14x17 film was tested with this printer.
- Trim is not supported by this printer
Note: Avoid print job failures by having printer vendor ensure that the Confirmation Level (DICOM
Connectivity) at the printer is set to ?? (accept all). Failure to set this level on the printer will result
in failed print jobs
4.2.1.2 Print Layouts

For accurate image sizing, a custom layout must be configured by printer vendor/manufacture . In
addition to the above layouts, the following layouts must be installed by the authorized AGFA print
representative:
Table 6-10 Agfa Drystar 3000 Print Layouts
FILM SIZE FORMAT P/L AGFA LAYOUT
14 x 17 1:1 P 2411
14 x 17 1:2 P 9001

GE HEALTHCARE 
14 x 17 2:1 P 9000
14 x 17 2:2 P 9002
14 x 17 1:1 L 2511
14 x 17 1:2 L 9003
14 x 17 2:1 L 9004
14 x 17 2:2 L 9005
11 x 14 1:1 P 9014
11 x 14 1:2 P 9102
11 x 14 2:1 P 9103
11 x 14 2:2 P 9104
11 x 14 1:1 L 9018
11 x 14 1:2 L 9202
11 x 14 2:1 L 9203
11 x 14 2:2 L 9204
8 x 10 1:1 P 9006
8 x 10 1:2 P 9009
8 x 10 2:1 P 9008
8 x 10 2:2 P 9010
8 x 10 1:1 L 9007
8 x 10 1:2 L 9012
8 x 10 2:1 L 9011
8 x 10 2:2 L 9013
4.2.2 Agfa Drystar 5500
4.2.2.1 Printer Parameters
DICOM Printer Label DRYSTAR5500 Or customers preference

GE HEALTHCARE 
IP Address Enter value given by Site Network

Administrator
Port Number 104
Pixel Depth 12
Printer Pixel Size (micron) 55
Configuration Information LUT=0.0
Smooth Factor 140
Polarity NORMAL
Attribute Value
8 x 10in Pixel Width = 3852 AGFA Layout - Portrait 9006

Pixel Height = 4300
10 x 12in Pixel Width = 4880

Pixel Height = 5280

Pixel Height =
11 x 14in Pixel Width = AGFA Layout -Portrait 9014

Pixel Height =

GE HEALTHCARE 

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height = 7788

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =
4.2.2.2 Print Layouts

For accurate image sizing, a custom layout must be configured by printer vendor/manufacture . In
addition to the above layouts, the following layouts must be installed by the authorized AGFA print
representative:
14 x 17 1:1 P 2411
14 x 17 1:2 P 9001
14 x 17 2:1 P 9000
14 x 17 2:2 P 9002
14 x 17 1:1 L 2511
14 x 17 1:2 L 9003
14 x 17 2:1 L 9004
14 x 17 2:2 L 9005
11 x 14 1:1 P 9014
11 x 14 1:2 P 9102
11 x 14 2:1 P 9103
11 x 14 2:2 P 9104
11 x 14 1:1 L 9018
11 x 14 1:2 L 9202
11 x 14 2:1 L 9203
11 x 14 2:2 L 9204
8 x 10 1:1 P 9006

GE HEALTHCARE 
8 x 10 1:2 P 9009
8 x 10 2:1 P 9008
8 x 10 2:2 P 9010
8 x 10 1:1 L 9007
8 x 10 1:2 L 9012
8 x 10 2:1 L 9011
8 x 10 2:2 L 9013
4.2.3 Fuji FM DPL Print Parameters
DICOM Printer Label FUJIFMDPL Or customers preference

Administrator
Port Number 104
Pixel Depth 12
Configuration Information CS000
Smooth Factor SHARP
Polarity NORMAL

GE HEALTHCARE 
Attribute Value
8 x 10in Pixel Width = 1998 The following configurations

Pixel Height = 2510 must be configured by the Fuji
printer representative to print
10 x 12in Pixel Width = correctly sized images:
Pixel Height = • LUT1 as SAR17 for calling
AE_TITLE.
10 x 14in Pixel Width = • Trim width at 1 pixel for
Pixel Height = calling AE_TITLE.
• Globally configure “a
margin between image” for
Pixel Height = 3600 0 pixels.
14 x 14in Pixel Width = • Globally configure “Image
layout” for spread
Pixel Height =

Pixel Height = 4240

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =
4.2.4 Fuji DryPix 1000 Print Parameters
DICOM Printer Label DRYPIX1000 Or customers preference

Administrator
Port Number 104 Port numbers may be site specific,

be sure to check on-site

GE HEALTHCARE 
Pixel Depth 12
Smooth Factor SHARP
Polarity NORMAL
Attribute Value

GE HEALTHCARE 
Table 6-20 film Size Tab
8 x 10in Pixel Width = 2280 The following configurations

Pixel Height =2877 must be configured by the Fuji
AE_TITLE.-Trim width at 1
10 x 14in Pixel Width = pixel for calling AE_TITLE.
Pixel Height = • Globally configure “a
11 x 14in Pixel Width = 2962 0 pixels.
Pixel Height = 4096 • Globally configure “Image
layout” for spread.
• A densitometer filter (FUJI
Pixel Height = part number 605S0003)
14 x 17in Pixel Width = must be used when
performing printer
Pixel Height = calibration.
Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =
4.2.5 Fuji DryPix 3000 Print Parameters

Administrator

Pixel Depth 12

GE HEALTHCARE 
Smooth Factor SHARP
Polarity NORMAL
Attribute Value
8 x 10in Pixel Width = The following configurations

Pixel Height = must be configured by the Fuji
AE_TITLE.
10 x 14in Pixel Width = • Trim width at 1 pixel for
Pixel Height = calling AE_TITLE.
• Globally configure “a
Pixel Height = 0 pixels.
14 x 14in Pixel Width = • Globally configure “Image
layout” for spread.
Pixel Height =
• A densitometer filter (FUJI
14 x 17in Pixel Width = 4072 part number 605S0003)
Pixel Height = 4972 must be used when
performing printer
24 x 24cm Pixel Width = calibration.
Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =
Note: ONLY 14 x 17 film should be used with this printer. Any other film size used may print films with
incorrect measurements

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.2.6 Fuji DryPix 7000 Printer Parameters

Administrator

Pixel Depth 12
Smooth Factor SHARP
Polarity NORMAL
Attribute Value
Slide formats

GE HEALTHCARE 

Pixel Height =4819

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height = 7043

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =
4.2.7 Kodak 8200 Print Parameters
DICOM Printer Label KODAK8200 Or customers preference

Administrator

Pixel Depth 12
Configuration Information LUT=Wkstn2a.w87,2 (no spaces)

GE HEALTHCARE 
Smooth Factor 15
Trim NO
Polarity NORMAL
Select the desired layouts allowed for this printer 1:1, 1:2, 2:1, 2:2 1:2 only valid for portrait 2:1 only
valid for landscape
Slide formats Not applicable Not supported: Do not select
Table 6-29 film Size Tab

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =4277

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =

GE HEALTHCARE 

Administrator

Pixel Depth 12
Smooth Factor 15
Trim NO
Polarity NORMAL
valid for landscape

GE HEALTHCARE 

Pixel Height = must be configured by the
Kodak printer representative:
10 x 12in Pixel Width = • Calling AE_TITLE must be
Pixel Height = declared in 9410 host table
or print will be rejected.
10 x 14in Pixel Width = • Pixel correction turned off.
Pixel Height = • TFT emulation enabled.
Landscape printing will be
functional only if a Kodak
Pixel Height = 8800 is installed.
14 x 14in Pixel Width = Note: User will get incorrect
image sizing if unsupported
Pixel Height = formats (i.e. portrait 2:1 or
14 x 17in Pixel Width = 4096 landscape 1:2) are used.
Pixel Height = 5221

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =

Administrator

Pixel Depth 12

GE HEALTHCARE 
Smooth Factor 15
Trim NO
Polarity NORMAL
valid for landscape

Pixel Height = must be configured by the
Kodak printer representative:
10 x 12in Pixel Width = • Calling AE_TITLE must be
Pixel Height = declared in 9410 host table
or print will be rejected.
10 x 14in Pixel Width = • Pixel correction turned off.
Pixel Height = • TFT emulation enabled.
Landscape printing will be
functional only if a Kodak
Pixel Height = 8800 is installed.
14 x 14in Pixel Width = Note: User will get incorrect
image sizing if unsupported
Pixel Height = formats (i.e. portrait 2:1 or
landscape 1:2) are used.
14 x 17in Pixel Width=4096
Pixel Height =5221

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =

GE HEALTHCARE 

Administrator

Pixel Depth 12
Configuration Information LUT = Ver693c0.w87,6
Smooth Factor 40
Trim NO
Polarity NORMAL
Select the desired layouts allowed for this printer Check at least one (1on1) or
more as desired
Slide formats

GE HEALTHCARE 
8 x 10in Pixel Width =4742

Pixel Height =6286

Pixel Height = 7342

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height = 8896

Pixel Height = 8662
14 x 17in Pixel Width= 8896

Pixel Height =10612

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =
4.2.11 Codonics Horizon Print Parameters
DICOM Printer Label HORIZON Or customers preference
Administrator,eg : PRINT_SCP sure to check on-site

Administrator
Port Number Enter value given by Site Network Port numbers may be site specific,
Administrator, eg: 104 be sure to check on-site
Pixel Depth 12
Configuration Information LUT = LINEAR
Magnification Type Replicate

GE HEALTHCARE 
Smooth Factor 0 Not supported
Trim NO
Polarity NORMAL
Border Density BLACK Can also pass OD value of (0 - 310)
Empty Image Density BLACK Can also pass OD value of (0 - 310)
Select the desired layouts allowed for this printer
Slide formats
8 x 10in Pixel Width = 2406 1.) Codonics Horizon printer

Pixel Height = 2790 supports Clear Film, Blue
Film and Paper.
10 x 12in Pixel Width = 6286 2.) Only 8 x 10 and 14 x 17
Pixel Height = 7342 Film Formats have been
validated
10 x 14in Pixel Width = 3.) Other Smoothing and
Pixel Height = Sharpening Algorithms for
Magnification Type are
11 x 14in Pixel Width = 3376 supported. Consult
Pixel Height = 4072 CODONICS Technical
representative to install
14 x 14in Pixel Width = custom preferences if
Pixel Height = desired.
14 x 17in Pixel Width= 5322

Pixel Height =5025

Pixel Height =

Pixel Height =

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.3 Query Modality

If FE wants to change query configuration, please select below “CR Modality” or “DX Modality” to
set Modality in the System from UI.
Section 5.0 Install Demo Images

Load demo images from CD-ROM provided with the system into the image database. Refer to
Operator’s Manual for procedure to upload images from CD.
Section 6.0 Operator’s Manual (OM) Installation

The operator manual must be installed and the appropriate language selected:
- when the system is initially installed
- following a complete system load from cold
- following a software reload of the workstation PC
The procedure follows:
- Reset the system to clear any inconsistencies.
- Login the system:
> Login as insite
> Enter the Password
- Install the operator manual portable media in the host PC
- Press the following keys: <Cntrl><Alt><F2> simultaneously, to open a command window.
- Enter username.
- Enter password.
Note: Consult your Administrator for Account and Password information.
- Insert Operators manual CD into the CD bay of Workstation PC
- To run the interactive script, at prompt type the following: ./xrdinstall.om

GE HEALTHCARE 
- Choose English as the language to install
- Allow load process to complete.
- Enter exit at the prompt.
- To return to the graphical user interface, press <Cntrl><Alt><F7> keys simultaneously.
- Remove the operator manual portable media from the host PC
- Reset the system using the RCIM reset button
- Login the system:
> Login as insite
> Enter the Password
- Launch the Image Management Viewer in Applications
- Click on the Image Tools Button
- Click on the Guide button
Section 7.0 Jedi Time Sync with System Time

1.) Enter SUIF->Configuration->Generator Time.
2.) Follow the instruction, Click “Start” on the screen. Then “PASSED” result is displayed on the
screen.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 8.0 Adding a Bar Code Reader

8.1 Configuration
A User’s Guide is supplied with the bar code reader for configuration. Please refer to the User’s
Guide for additional programming choices.
Make sure the correct keyboard is connected and configured before adding the Bar Code Reader
Setting the bar code reader back to the default state will disable any user-programmed
configurations, such as the addition of the tab character’ and first character stripping.
Section 9.0 System Login (HIPPA)

Note: Usernames and passwords should only be created in conjunction with or in collaboration with the
users system administrator.
9.1 User Accounts
9.1.1 System Log-in

Upon system start-up, you must enter an username and password to enable the full functionality of
the system. When the log in pop-up window is displayed, use the keyboard to enter your username
and password. If you make a mistake, you will be notified to re-enter.
You must be logged in as the insite user to configure the system.
Once logged in, you will have full access to system features and operation you are entitled to by
permissions.
9.1.2 About User Accounts

Additional user accounts can be created to restrict access to system operation and data. Three
account types are supported by this system: xruser, insite and root. When creating a user ID, you
must choose one of these account types.
xrusers- Users with these privileges are allowed access to all system features and operation.
insite - Gives complete control over protocols and user accounts. The insite account includes all of
the privileges defined for a typical Radiologist account. The difference is that the insite account can
also create and maintain user accounts.
root - Can only create user accounts.
User accounts must be created after system installation or whenever system software is installed
or re-installed.

GE HEALTHCARE 
9.1.3 Default User Accounts

When system software is installed, three “protected” user accounts are automatically created:
xruser, insite and root. The user ID “xruser” is assigned Radiologist privileges. User ID “insite” is
assigned Admin/Service privileges. These accounts cannot be deleted.
Log into the Digital system with User ID insite, enter the password ******, for Admin/Service
privileges.
9.2 Login Feature

The login feature requires you to log in to gain access to the system and can be turned “on” or “off”
by the system administrator. How your site uses this feature depends on if your site's policies. Sites
with more than one network are referred to as Enterprise systems. Those without multiple networks
are referred to as stand-alone systems. The login feature can be used withstand-alone or enterprise
networks. Although some features are more applicable to enterprise systems.
9.2.1 Logging In and Out

After a period of inactivity set by your administrator, a splash screen is displayed.
• Logging In
1.) Type in your name and password.
2.) Click [Login]
Note: Logging off does not prohibit other users from logging in. Logout is designed to protect patient
privacy; not to stop approved users from logging in. When you or another user logs back in, the
system returns to its last known state.
• Emergency Login
Your splash screen may or may not display the Emergency login button (2). Turning this option
on or off is set by your system administrator. When using Emergency login, you may be
prompted to enter your name.
Use Emergency login unless you have a valid account set up.
• log in with Admin Privileges
If you have administrator privileges, when you log in you are asked if you to perform
administrative tasks or scan. Do not click the button next to the Enter administrator screen, if
you only want to scan.
• Manual Logout
1.) Move the cursor to a blank area on the screen.
2.) Right-click and select Lock Screen from the menu.
9.2.2 Understanding users and groups

Every person who has permission to use the system is a user. Users are set up by system
administrators. These administrators may be IT personnel in an enterprise environment, or a site
manager or lead tech in stand-alone environments. The administrator adds new users and assigns
the users to a group which dictates the level of privileges a person will have. For example, a person
named Sue Smith could belong to a group called technologists, radiologists, administrators, or any
combination.
9.2.3 Understanding groups and privileges

The group to which a person belongs has privileges. If you do not have an enterprise system, the
assignment of group privileges will probably be limited to those who have administrator privileges

GE HEALTHCARE 
and those who don’t. If your system is set up for enterprise login, your IT person or administrator
will be using more of the features.
9.3 Configuring the System

System administrators can preform a number of tasks that affect what users can do or will see.
please refer to the Chapter Login Administration in Operator Manual for this setup.
Section 10.0 iLinq user guide
Different workstation of Galaxy has different Modeltype. When OLE make Insite checkout,
field engineer need first check workstation type, then tell them choose responsible
Modeltype. Z400 workstation uses _GALAXY while Z440 workstation uses _GALAXYZ440.
Wrong modeltype will make checkout failure.
1. Insure that insite Checkout is done successfully. Below icon will appear in the lower right
corner of screen.
2. Click iLinq icon and open the iLinq web browser.

3. On the left frame list, the iLinq applications - ContactGE, Settings, Messages, TiP Virtual
Assist could be accessed by clicking on the respective buttons.
4. In ContactGE, customer or FE could raises issues to GE OLE. Detail site information could be
added in Settings and uploaded into GE OLE. Messages history could be checked in Messages. Tip
Virtual Assist is a remote desktop tool which supply GE OLE an effective way to support and guide
site customer or FE.
5. Click on the “TiP Virtual Assist” menu item in the Virtual Assist menu on iLinq browser. Then
click on the Change Session Password button in the right window. Enter "testing" in the New
Password and Confirm Password fields.
6. After password has been changed, click on Accept in the window. The Remote Training
window pops up as shown directly below.
7. Please contact related GE OLE and wait for remote connection from GE OLE.
Page 152 Section 10.0 - iLinq user guide

GE HEALTHCARE 
DIRECTION 5429575-CA-1EN, REVISION 7 CALIBRATION
Chapter 7System Installation Calibration
Section 1.0 Before You Begin

1.1 Service User Interface (SUIF)
A list of available system calibrations is displayed on the Service User Interface, whenever the
calibration tab is chosen.
Table 7-1 Service User Interface (SUIF) ICONs
Clicking on the plus + to expand each folder.
Click minus - sign to close a folder
Open a calibration by clicking on the page icon.
Be patient when executing commands. Text status messages are generally displayed in status line,
whenever a calibration icon is selected. If you are uncertain whether a command is being executed,
check the status line first. Repeated attempts to execute a command may require you to exit the
SUIF and re-enter to gain control again.
1.2 Calibration Sequence
Potential for Data Loss

• Always create an up-to-date backup of your system data following product installation
or after making any calibrations.
• The system must be reset, upon exiting the Service User Interface for Configuration and
Calibration information to take affect. This must be done before the system is used with
patient acquisitions.
Calibrations must be performed in the order shown on the left hand side of the calibration tab. The
calibration summary screen only displays the date that a specific calibration was last performed.
Chapter 7 - System Installation Calibration Page 153

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.2.1 After first installation, those calibrations are needed. Follow the steps below in.
Table 7-2 First Installation Calibration
Tool Calibration/Task Order
Positioner Calibration U-Arm 1
Collimator Alignment Collimator 2
Tube Warm-up for Accuracy Tube 3
AEC Calibration Table Ion Chambor 4
Detector (Bad Pixels,Gain, CF) Detector 5

Calibration
Dose Predication - mR/mAs Dose Prediction 6
Image Quality Printer 7
Quality Assurance Procedure (QAP) QAP 8
Generator Accuracy Test Spot check generator accuracy 9
You must always calibrate your system before it can be used and remember to restart your system
after the calibration to active the calibration.
1.2.2 Saving Changes

Do backup after calibrations in Chapter 11 - Software Instruction
1.2.3 Invoking New Calibrations

Press the <reset> button on the Console to invoke calibration changes.
The system must be rebooted if changes are made to calibrations files. This includes the creation
of new calibrations and/or the restoration of calibration files. Applications software running on this
system only reads calibration files during workstation boot-up. Any changes after boot-up are not
detected by the applications software.
1.3 Returning the System to the User

1.) After completing calibrations, delete any New Patients files created during service, and before
turning the system over to the end-user.
2.) Perform a system reset. A system reset must be performed to invoke changes. Application
software and most SUIF tools only reads the system calibration files during boot-up. If you
make changes, they will not be invoked until you reset (reboot) the system.
3.) Perform a system backup following calibration and after the system has reset. In order to
preserve any new calibrations, a system backup must be made.
Page 154 Section 1.0 - Before You Begin

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.4 Temporarily Changing the Measurement System to Calibrations
All positioner calibrations and functional checks use metric values (distances). If the applixations
environment uses the English measurement system, the measurement system should be
temporarily changed to Metric until the calibrations are completed.
To change the Measurement System, open the Service Desktop and select Configuration/General/
Measurement System. Click on [English] or [Metric] to select.
1.5 The use of Collimator(XS-1D) tape (Note the difference between SID and
OID)
In the calibration, you need to use collimator tape to measure SID. In the case to measure SID, you
need to consider the effect of OID (Object Image distance) .
To measure the SID when Uarm is at the 90 degree postion, you can use the collimator tape to
measure the distance from tube to patient and record it as length A. Then the SID = length A + OID.
To measure the SID when Uarm is at the 0 degree postion, you can use the collimator tape to
measure the distance from tube to table top and record it as length B. Then the SID = length B +
Table OID.
Section 2.0 Positioner

Apply the instruction on the screen to perform the calibration
Section 3.0 Tube Warm-up for Accuracy

Use the below protocols before checking the Accuracy when a fresh Tube is connected to Jedi and
Database is loaded for the first time.
3.1 REQUIREMENTS
1.) Use the focal spot of the tube specified in the table See Table 7-3,
2.) The operating tube voltage and current should be monitored all exposures during this
operation.
3.) The anode rotation should be utilized at normal speed (3000 or 3600 min-1).
4.) Do not exceed either the generator or the tube ratings.
ALL RADIATION SAFETY RULES MUST BE OBSERVED. IN ORDER TO PROTECT

HUMANBODY FROM HARMFUL X-RAY, CLOSE THE COLLIMATOR OR BLOCK THE TUBE
ASSEMBLY RADIATION PORT WITH AT LEAST A SIX (6) MM THICK PIECE OF LEAD. NO
PATIENT OR PERSONNEL IS ALLOWED IN THE ROOM.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.2 Before you begin
1.) To check whether rotation function in Jedi is ready.
2.) To check whether ground function in Jedi is ready.
3.) To check whether high voltage receptacle is good.
4.) Close the collimator blade.
3.3 Tube Warm-up Procedure for Accuracy

Step1: Open an exam, select fixed mode.
Step2: Setup the exposure protocols as below one by one.
Step3: Take required number of exposures for each protocol, wait for one minute between
exposures.
Step4: Close the exam.
Table 7-3 Tube Warm-up Protocol for Accuracy
Filament Mode kV mA mS No. of Exposures
SF 40 50 50 2
40 50 10 2
40 200 50 2
40 200 10 2
80 50 50 2
80 50 10 2
80 200 50 2
80 200 10 2
120 50 50 2
120 50 10 2

GE HEALTHCARE 
Table 7-3 Tube Warm-up Protocol for Accuracy
Filament Mode kV mA mS No. of Exposures
LF 40 50 50 2
40 50 10 2
40 200 50 2
40 200 10 2
80 50 50 2
80 50 10 2
80 200 50 2
80 200 10 2
120 50 50 2
120 50 10 2
120 200 50 2
120 200 10 2
Section 4.0 AEC Calibration

4.1 Before You Begin
The following applies when performing Automatic Exposure Control (AEC) calibrations.
• If additional information on a calibration is not shown below, just follow the instructions
presented on SUIF.
• Before executing any Automatic Exposure Control (AEC) calibration; if you have performed
any positioner calibration you must reset the system by pressing the <reset> button on the
console.
4.2 Table Ion Chamber

Calibrates the Ion chamber to produce the proper amount of output across all three Ion chamber
cells.
4.2.1 Before You Begin

• Flat Field Phantom required.
• Grid Removed
• Tube, generator and collimator shall be calibrated already.
4.2.2 Procedure
Follow the on-screen SUIF instructions as presented to finish AEC calibration.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Note: It is important that the Grid be removed before you start AEC calibration. If the grid is left in during
calibration, the CF value will be higher than normal. The normal value for CF is approximately 1.2,
whereas the value when the grid is left in is approximately 1.7.
Note: FE shall strictly follow the steps to do AEC calibration, any wrong operation (including miss steps,
wrong orders of steps or FE do any other additional operations) may cause calibration fail or some
other mistakes in system.
Section 5.0 Detector (Bad Pixels, Gain, CF) Calibration
Mechanical risk. Be care of collimator collision. Remember to take flat panel phantom off
from collimator before system power off or reset.

The following applies when performing Detector (Bad Pixels, Gain, CF) calibrations.
presented on SUIF.
• Remove the radiation meter from its case and allow it to warm-up to room temperature before
using.
• If the flat field phantom has any scratches, dents, or other imperfections on the large surfaces,
it must be replaced before calibration.
• The following tools are required:
- Flat Field Phantom
- Dose meter holder
- Dosimeter (Keithley, MDH, or equivalent)
• Bad pixel calibration must be executed before gain calibration is performed.
• The system must be operating without a reboot for ten contiguous minutes or more. The
detector requires ten minutes or more of stable operation before any calibration is performed.
• When making exposures, hold the expose switch when requested for the entire specified
amount of time.
• If the SID, tube angle, or collimator rotation are not correct, an exposure will not be allowed.
5.2 Calibration Overview

There shall be 2 calibrations total for each kind of receptors and each calibration shall be consist of
those those parts:
• Bad Pixel Calibration - Used to detect defective pixels. It can be executed independent of the
other calibrations but is not recommended.
The BAD PIXEL calibration routine:
- Acquires images without using X-rays for the first minutes
- Automatically selects and locks default techniques
- Manually sets the collimator blades to 45 cm x 45 cm size (slightly larger than the
detector).
- Displays the Initial Bad Pixel Calibration Screen (Dark Image processing).
• Gain Calibration - Tool is used to calibrate a gain coefficient for each pixel in order to achieve
uniform gain across the detector. Run all kVp/Gain calibrations.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Note: Do all the kVs in GAIN calibration procedure. Make sure that grid is taken out during detector
calibration.
• CF Measurement- Tool is used to update the CF and AEC dose calibration parameters.
- Align the sensor of the Dose meter at the scale of 65cm on the ruler of the collimator
- Run all CF measurement routines.
- The measured exposure value must be entered in units of “mR"or “uGy"
5.3 When should it be performed

• During initial system installation.
• Whenever a detector, X-ray tube, Beam quality filtration, Collimator or Ion chamber is
replaced.
• If the Ion chamber is re-calibrated.
• When QAP has failed its isolated defect specification or QAP results have changed by more
than 10% during a two week interval.
• When a pixel or line artifact appears in an image(s).
5.4 Procedure
There are three steps for calibrating an Image Detector. All three steps must be completed in the
following order: Bad Pixel Calibration, Pixel Gain Variation Calibration and CF Measurement.
You are required to do the following:
1.) Follow the on-screen instructions as presented by the tool.
2.) Install the flat field phantom.
3.) Execute Bad Pixel Calibration refer to the screen instruction.
4.) Execute Gain Calibration refer to the screen instruction.
- 20 mm flat field phantom must not be installed for the 60 kVp gain calibrations (gain
>3000)
- 20 mm flat field phantom must be installed for 80 and both 120 kVp (and gain >3000)
5.) Execute CF Calibration refer to the screen instruction.
a.) Insert Flat Field Phantom into the X-ray Calibration Fixture.
b.) Locate small chamber probe of Dosimeter between the collimator and the detector. Probe
should be 65 cm from focal spot (measured by collimator tape).
Note: The radiation meter is a very sensitive to temperature. It's important that the meter be at or near
room temperature before making any measurements. The meter must be allowed to thermally
stabilize for a minimum of 20 minutes after removing the meter from the case, especially if it has
been stored outside.
Important precautions follow:
I.) If the meter is not stable and drifts with no exposure, let it stabilize before taking
measurements.
II.) Tape the meter in place to avoid misalignment during the measurement.
III.) Verify that the Dose meter probe positioned properly. (eg: Keithley “Diagnostic side
is facing the collimator.)
IV.) Read the meter BEFORE touching the probe holder. Vibration of the meter will
increase the exposure reading.
V.) Hold the hand switch on prep for 3-5 seconds for each exposure.
VI.) Verify that the aluminum is replaced in the collimator for the 2nd and 3rd exposures.

GE HEALTHCARE 
VII.)Verify the collimator size adjustments are not accidentally bumped when removing
the probe holder.
VIII.)Verify that the grid is not in place before proceeding.
6.) Configure Radiation meter to measure exposure in mR or uGy
7.) Execute CF Measurement Calibration.
8.) Perform QAP and verify that Image Quality (IQ) passes.
Section 6.0 Dose Predication - mR/mAs

The following applies when performing Dose Predication (mR/mAs) calibrations.
presented on SUIF.
Before executing any Dose Predication (mR/mAs) calibration; if you have performed any positioner
calibration you must reset the system by pressing the <reset> button on the Console.
Section 7.0 Image Quality Calibration

The following applies when performing Printer calibrations.
If additional information on a calibration is not shown below, just follow the instructions presented
on SUIF-Calibration-Image Quality-Printer.
Section 8.0 Generator Accuracy Test Calibration

The test provides a means to spot check generator accuracy in the field. you can execute the test
at any step for disgnostic.
If additional information on a calibration is not shown below, just follow the instructions presented
on SUIF
Section 9.0 Monitor Calibration
Choose monitor calibration process according to workstation type, misuse will cause bad image
quality.
After system is powered on, please adjust the monitor follow below procedure.

GE HEALTHCARE 
• BIGTIDE monitor Key function:
Table 7-4 Keys Introduction
Keys Situation Action
Menu Always Jump to next line
Up Slide controller Increase Value
Command “Enter Key”
Down Slide controller Decrease value
Set Sub-menu Return to previous menu
Table 7-5 Lock and Unlock OSD
Keys Action
Press Set key, then press Up Lock or unlock OSD

key 3 times within 3 seconds
• If workstation is HP Z400:
1.) Set BIGTIDE monitor in Menu option ( Left button on Monitor).
2.) In the Performance page, press the 2nd button to enter into this page, now you can adjust
Brightness, the 2nd button is "+", the 3rd button is "-", please set Brightness as: 142.
3.) Press the 1st "Menu"button to enter into "Contrast" page, please set Contrast as: 100.
4.) Press the 1st "Menu"button to enter into "Backlight" page, please set Backlight as: 52.
5.) Press the 4th "Return" button to exit "performance" page.
6.) Press the 1st "Menu" until go to Service Level2, Press up, down, down to unlock service mode,
press the 2nd "enter" button to enter LUT Settings, please set Gamma 2.2.
7.) Press the 4th "Return" button to exit "Service level2" page and Exit OSD Menu.
• If workstation is HP Z440
Please be sure to connect PC with monitor by the 2 cables: DVI-D cable and DMS59 to DVI cable.
1.) If necessary, unlock the OSD.
2.) Press MENU Key to enter user OSD mode.
3.) Factory Reset: Press MENU key several times to go to Service Level2, Press UP Key one
time, and DOWN Key two times within 3 seconds to enter user advance menu, then press
MENU key to select Factory Preset, then press UP key 2 times to select and Proceed.
4.) Select LUT: DICOM: Press MENU key to go to LUT Settings then press UP key to enter, then
press MENU key several times to go DICOM and press UP key to select.
5.) Exit OSD: Press SET key several times to go to Exit and then press UP key 2 times to exit
OSD.
6.) Lock: Press Set key, and then press Up key 3 times within 3 seconds to lock OSD.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 10.0 PACS / Image Display Test Image

10.1 Objectives
• Simplified Procedure: To determine configuration for Burn-on-Send or No-Burn for each
destination host (PACS).
• Results: To record results from Simplified Procedure and Additional Tests.
• Background: To provide further information about Image Display on PACS.
• Additional Tests: To test several Image Display characteristics (Optional).
10.2 Simplified Procedure

1.) Verify All PACS Review Monitors Are Calibrated
Note: Monitor calibration is a critical first step before testing and configuring Image Display.
a.) Verify that the PACS monitor is calibrated according to DICOM Part 14. Each site is
responsible for providing evidence of PACS monitor calibration.
b.) View SMPTE Pattern
I.) Load SMPTE pattern into Patient List by clicking on “Image Tools” then “SMPTE”
II.) Send SMPTE pattern to PACS review workstation.
III.) Verify that 5% and 95% squares are equally visible on PACS.
c.) Record results in Table 7-7, line numbers 1 and 2.
2.) Send PACS Test Images to PACS
a.) Load Images
I.) Load the PACS Test Images onto the acquisition workstation. Either use:
> DICOM-formatted CDROM with images
> Images on system under Image Tools
II.) Patient Name will appear as GE_PACS_Test_Image, Definium
III.) Patient ID will be 1000001
b.) Configure PACS to [ No-Burn]
I.) Click the Utilities icon
II.) Click Network Connections – Edit
III.) Select the Network Host for the PACS to be tested, click Edit
IV.) Click the Preferences tab
V.) Make sure that Apply Burn-on-Send to images… is not checked
c.) Send No-Burn image
I.) Highlight PACS Test Image #1 in the Images list
Note: All images in the GE_DX_Image_Display_Test exam are named "1". In the following steps, when
an Image number (1, 2, 3....) is called out, you should select that image ’position’ from the Images
list. For example: image number 1 is the first image on the list, image 6 is the sixth image on the
list. To verify that you have selected the correct image, the image number can be viewed in the
upper left corner of the image.
II.) Click the appropriate PACS Network Host in the Destination icon list
d.) Configure PACS to Burn-on-Send
I.) Click the Utilities icon, click Network Connections – Edit
II.) Select the Network Host for the PACS to be tested, click Edit

GE HEALTHCARE 
III.) Click the Preferences tab; check the option Apply Burn-on-Send to images…
e.) Send Burn-on-Send image
I.) Highlight PACS Test Image 6 in the Images list
II.) Click the appropriate PACS Network Host in the Destination icon list
f.) Review images on PACS
I.) Bring PACS Test Images 1 and 6 up on the PACS review workstation.
> The images can be identified by the watermark image number next to the GE logo
inside the chest image region.
> Verify (if possible) that Image 1 is displayed with a VOI-LUT, and Image #6 is
displayed with a Linear LUT
II.) If PACS Test Images 1 and 6 appear visually identical (equal number of bright/dark
bands), the PACS supports VOI-LUT. **: Configure PACS as No-Burn
III.) If PACS Test Images 1 and 6 appear visually different (different number of bright/dark
bands), or chest region has saturation in lung or abdomen, the PACS either does not
support VOI-LU or applies it incorrectly. **: Configure PACS as Burn-on-Send
IV.) Record results in Table 7-7, line numbers 3 and 4
** For more information, see Background and In-Depth Instructions below.
3.) Suggested Configurations
Table 7-6 should be used as a guideline in addition to the tests above to determine if a PACS
system should be configured for Burn-on-Send. This table considers only whether a PACS
supports VOI-LUTs.
Table 7-6 Suggested PACS Configurations
No-Burn Burn-on-Send
GE Centricity RA1000 v1.0,v2.0, v2.1 GE Pathspeed v7.12, 8.0
GE Centricity RA600 v6.1, 7.0 GE AW v3.1, 4.0
GE Radworks v5.1 Kodak DirectView v4.3
GE Pathspeed v8.1 or later Kodak DirectView v5.1, 5.2
McKesson HRS v3.3, 3.3.2 Kodak Directview(CEMAX ICON), v4.3
Fuji Synapse v3.0, 3.1 Merge eFilm, v2.0, 2.1.0
Agfa IMPAX v4.5, 5.2 Stentor iSite v3.0, v3.3.1
Philips Siemens Magic View 300
RealTime iPACS Viewer v5.0 VA Vista
GE-IDX-RealTime iPACS Viewer v5.0 Picker
Philips EasyAccess Neusoft v3.0
Sectra v10.2 Thinking Systems
----- AMICAS LightView v4.10.196

GE HEALTHCARE 
10.3 Results
Table 7-7 Results from the Simplified and Additional Tests Sections
Category Number Tests Yes / No
1 PACS monitors calibrated according to DICOM
2 SMPTE 5% and 95% squares equally visible on

PACS?
Simplified
3 Images 1 and 6 appear visually identical?
4 PACS configured for Burn-on-Send?
WC = / /
WW = / /
5 DICOM Header on PACS (Image 1 No-Burn)?
VOI-LUT
Tags(Yes/No
WC = / /
DICOM Header on PACS (Image 6 Burn-on- WW = / /

6 Send)?
VOI-LUT
Tags(Yes/No
WC = / /
7 Values Displayed on PACS Viewer (Image 1)?
WW = / /
WC = / /
Additional 8 Values Displayed on PACS Viewer (Image 6)?
Tests WW = / /
9 Saturation visible in Lung or Abdomen region?
Able to see all five squares in Top Band of Image NO

10 6?
Able to see all five squares in Top Band of Image

11 1?
12 Images 1, 4 and 5 appear visually identical?
13 Images 6, 7 and 8 appear visually identical?
14 PACS able to select Normal/Harder/Softer?
DICOM Header on PACS (Image 9 - CR-

Fallback)?
15
VOI-LUT not present; correct WW/WC?

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 11.0 Quality Assurance Procedure (QAP)
Mechanical risk. Be care of collimator collision. Remember to take flat panel phantom off
from collimator befor system power off or reset.

The following applies when performing Quality Assurance Procedure (QAP).
presented on SUIF
• Before executing any Quality Assurance Procedure; if you have performed any positioner
calibration you must reset the system by pressing the <reset> button on the RCIM
11.2 When to Perform QAP

Perform QAP every time you calibrate the detector (Wall Stand ) and as a final system check
following system installation. See the Operators Manual for the QAP procedure
11.3 Simplified Procedures

1.) Click [Image Quality] button
Figure 7-1 Image Quality button
2.) Click [Quality Control Tools] and [Acquisition] sequently to open QAP screen.
Figure 7-2 Open QAP screen
3.) Perform QAP under the screen instruction

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
DIRECTION 5429575-CA-1EN, REVISION 7 AFTER INSTALLATION
Chapter 8System Check
Section 1.0 Operational Checks

This section is used to perform the check the mechanical movement.
1.1 U-Arm Longitudinal Movement

• Pressing the Up/Down movement button moving the U-Arm Check the longitudinal movement
is operating smoothly and uniformly
• Release the button, check the housing is locked.
1.2 Positioner SID Adjustment

• Pressing the SID movement button moving the detector housing and tube component. The
positioner shall have a SID range from 1000mm to 1800mm.
• Release the button, check the housing is locked.
1.3 Tube Rotation

Release the lock and hold the operation handle to drive the tube component to the left or to the right
for rotation. Check the Tube component can be rotated not less than +45 degree~ -240
degrees.
1.4 Detector Housing Rotation

Release the lock and hold the operation handle to drive the tube component to the left or to the right
for rotation. Check the Tube component can be rotated not less than +45 degree~
-45 degrees.
1.5 Collimator Rotation

1.) Loosen set screw.
2.) Rotate the collimator.
3.) Check the collimator can be rotated.
4.) Secure set screw
1.6 Grid Insert

1.) Power on the system
2.) Enter to the exposure screen
3.) Insert the grid to touch the grid switch and see whether the status of grid is displayed as “IN”
in exposure screen. Then, take out the grid to see whether the display is changed to “OUT”
Chapter 8 - System Check Page 167

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 2.0 Functional Checks

2.1 Image quality test
1.) Go to SUIF according to the instruction described above. Then press the “Image Quality”
button on the SUIF.
2.) Then press "Image control tools" to do the QAP. There will be the detail instruction on the
screen for each step. The system will tell operator the pass or failed.
3.) Wait until the test result displayed.
Make sure all the items pass the test.
2.2 Image artifact check (Optional)

Please follow below steps to check if there any image artifact may impact clinical diagnostics.
1.) Set exposure mode and technique as: Digital cassette receptor; SF; 80kV; 200mA; Detector
position, SID and FOV same as Digital cassette calibration setup. Insert 20mm Aluminum
phantom (5270546) into the tray on collimator.
2.) Set exposure time to 5ms, and take exposure. After exposure is done, view Raw Image to
adjust contrast to 98% and set brightness to visible level. Zoom the image to 1, pan cross the
whole image to observe the image to make sure there is not any visible artifact.
The detector calibration can be passed if this check is ok. Otherwise, it needs to redo detector
calibration or mark the bad line.
2.3 Acqisition Test

Create a new patient. Select “chest” exam, AEC mode. Insert detector into detector housing. Align
the tube to detector. Open a suitable FOV. Check if there no exposure inhibit displayed.
Press hand switch do an exposure.
Close the exam.
Page 168 Section 2.0 - Functional Checks

GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 9 - Labels and Rating Plates

Product identification labels can be found on the tops and sides of the cabinets, the rear of
monitors, and other exterior surfaces on the equipment. The types of system identification
compliance plates or labels are located in below table.
Some additional labels needed to attach in fields will be included in accessory box. Contact service
personnel if you can not find them.
Section 1.0 Labels to Attach in Field

• The System Rating Plate, U-Arm Rating Plate, PDU Rating Plate, Table Rating Plate and
Console Rating plate in multi-languages are packaged with equipment, please select the right
one to paste under the instruction in Section 2.0 according to the local regulatory requirement.
• Warning label on console in multi-languages are packaged with equipment, please paste the
right one according to the local regulatory requirement.
• Special Indonesian label for Indonesia
Paste the label to the back of the column
• Special IECV3 label
Paste the label to the right side of the table rating plate
Chapter 9 - - Labels and Rating Plates Page 169

GE HEALTHCARE 
• Caution label on PDU
The caution label on PDU in multi-languages are

packaged with the equipment. Please select the
right one according to the local regulatory require-
ment and paste it beside the original one.
Page 170 Section 1.0 - Labels to Attach in Field

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 2.0 Rating Plate

PRODUCT RATING PLATES LOCATION
OR COM-
PONENTS
System
Note: The local language Rating Plate would

possibly required to paste in fields. Please
select the right one from the package.
Table


GE HEALTHCARE 
OR COM-
PONENTS
PDU

U-Arm

Page 172 Section 2.0 - Rating Plate

GE HEALTHCARE 
OR COM-
PONENTS
Console

Detector
Tube
collimato
r (XS-
1D)

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 10Final Admin Job

1.) Ready system for normal customer operation.
2.) Install all covers on system equipment. (Refer to above for procedure.)
3.) Remove trash, remove installation equipment and tools, clean up room and store service
manuals.
4.) Fill out and return the Product Locator Cards or complete in eGIB.
5.) Record installation time in Service database.
Chapter 10 - Final Admin Job Page 175

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
DIRECTION 5429575-CA-1EN, REVISION 7 SOFTWARE INSTALLATIONT
Chapter 11 Software Instruction
Section 1.0System Data Backup and Restore
Potential for Data Loss. Archive all protocols, patient files, and backup calibration and
configuration data. It's recommended that a system backup be performed prior to any
installation, upgrade or restoration of software. The installation of software can destroy
existing files, including patient, calibration and configuration files. You might have to
configure and calibrate your system, if you do not have a good backup to restore!
Purpose: Files within the workstation PC and other subsystems need to be saved, if system
software is reload, upgraded or becomes corrupt. After system installation or in the event a
subsystem failure occurs, saved files can be restored in their original condition and location.
1.1 System Backup’s Coverage

The following data is part of a system backup:
1.) All Calibration Files
2.) All Configuration Files.
3.) System Error Log
4.) Image Quality Results
5.) Custom Looks
6.) DICOM Printers/Preferences/Network Configurations.
HPZ400 and HPZ440 has different OS, so OS configuration of backup CD can’t be restored into
workstation of different OS system, or system will crash.
Chapter 11 - Software Instruction Page 177

GE HEALTHCARE 
If the old PC HPZ400 is replaced to new PC HPZ440, DO NOT perform restore OS configurations
of old Z400 backup CD into new Z440 system. Need manually perform below steps. The following
data need to backup by taking photos of their configuration page.
• SUIF > Configuration
1.) PNF:ON/OFF
2.) NTP setting
3.) Site parameters: IP Address/Subnet Mask/Default Gateway
• System Utilities screen > Network Connections
- RIS/PACS/Printer settings
The system login username/password setting can't be restored by old backup CD when you replace
the old PC 5810000-A to new PC 8770000-11 at first time. So, please don’t forget to create new
ones manually under customer’s requirement after the configuration is restored by old backup CD.
You may create it through below operator screen.
- System Utilities page > Preferences page > Login Management page
The following data is not included in a system backup:

1.) Archival of Image Data - The process for archiving image data is found in the operators
manual.
2.) Procedure Protocols - You only need to save the protocol data base (dBase) if you have
made changes to the default values. Defaults are always loaded during an SW
installation. The default protocol dBase is included with each system shipped. See the
operators manual for procedures.
The Repeat Reject Analysis Data will not be saved with the System backup. Use the RRA Reporting
Tool to export Repeat Reject Analysis Data if desired.
1.2 Backup

The backup utility is used to create a copy of system files, which are stored in various places
(subsystems and directories).
- Workstation PC
- Generator (Jedi)
1.2.2 Procedure1
1.) From the application desktop, click on the Service Tools icon.
1.
Page 178 Section 1.0 - System Data Backup and Restore

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.) Select the Utilities Tab.
4.) Click on the plus sign preceding the System folder ICON, in the navigation frame.
5.) Click on Backup link.
6.) Insert your “Backup” CD into the CD/DVD drive.

7.) Select the media type by clicking on one of the media type buttons.
8.) Click on [START].

- To cancel and return to the Tools main screen, press [STOP]
Note: USB Backup cannot be stopped and do not remove USB drive during Backup.
9.) When backup is complete, you will see “System backup success" in the status bar.
10.) Remove and label CD((include current date and time)).
11.) Exit SUIF
1.3 Restore

• After the OS Configuration restore is run, the SUIF will no longer respond because of the files
that have been changed. A system Reset must be performed after restoring the OS
Configuration files to continue using the SUIF.
• Only one selection can be restored by execution of the following procedure. The following
procedure must be repeated for each item you wish to restore. There are seven system items
available to be restored. You must perform the procedure for each item to completely restore
all of the system’s files (calibration & configuration)
Available choices are:
- Digital
- IUI
- System Control

GE HEALTHCARE 
- IP Looks
- Table IDC
- ASTRA
- OS Configuration
OS Configuration can't be restored to new PC 8770000-11 by the backup CD which is performed

on the old PC 5810000-A
• You must have a “good” backup of the files you wish to restore from CD or USB.
The data in system backup/restore CD contains related OS config file.
HPZ400 and HPZ440 has different OS, so OS configuration of backup CD can’t be restored into
workstation of different OS system, or system will crash.
If the old PC HPZ400 is replaced to new PC HPZ440, DO NOT perform restore OS configurations
of old Z400 backup CD into new Z440 system. Need manually perform below steps. You should
have recorded the original settings by photos when you perform data backup for them before.
1.) PNF:ON/OFF
2.) NTP setting
3.) Site parameters: IP Address/Subnet Mask/Default Gateway
• System Utilities screen > Preferences > Login Management

- To create a special username/password for costumer manually.
1.3.2 Procedure
Potential for Data Loss. DICOM configuration information is not part of the backup. All
DICOM information should be kept written down and kept with system information. Use it
later to manually reconfigure DICOM, after the restore is completed.
If the OS configuration restore needed, please do it at last step.

1.) From the application desktop, click on the Service Tools icon.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.) Select the Utilities Tab.
4.) Click on the plus sign preceding the System folder ICON, in the navigation frame.
5.) Click on Restore link,
6.) Select the media type by clicking on one of the media type buttons.
7.) Click on [START].

- To cancel and return to the Tools main screen, press [CANCEL]
8.) Click on the down-arrow in the drop down box to display a drop down list of items.
9.) Click on the item you wish to restore.

10.) Insert your “Backup” CD into the CD/DVD drive.
11.) Click on [CONTINUE] to restore the selected subsystem. To cancel subsystem restore, press

GE HEALTHCARE 
[CANCEL] .
12.) When restore is complete, you will see restore success in the status bar.
13.) Exit SUIF
14.) Reset the system
Section 2.0 System Software Load and/or Upgrade

Note: Configure the Time Zone after software re-installation or upgrade.
2.1 Personnel Requirements

• Required Persons: 1 person
• Preliminary Reqs: 5mins
• Procedure: 75 (Time estimate does not include saving and restoring patient images and/or
protocols files)
• Finalization: 0 min
2.2 Overview
Before You Begin:
• The following times are typical for a complete system LFC:
1.) Five Minutes to backup system files.
2.) Approximately ninety minutes to save and restore images and protocols.
3.) Thirty minutes to install the OS and Applications software.
4.) Thirty Minutes to load generator software
5.) Five Minutes to restore system files.
6.) Five minutes to cleanup and return system to operational readiness.
• Only use this System Software load procedure to re-install and/or upgrade your system
software completely. The following procedure installs both the operating system, application
and Generator software.
• Pay particular attention, if instructed, to system resets. It's important that power be cycled
according to a specified procedure. Cycling power at the wrong time or by the wrong method
can result in a PC's operating file system (Linux) becoming corrupt. If the OS on the PC gets
corrupted, you may have to reload it again or start over.
• What happens when you press and hold the <reset> button on the Console? In less than one
minute, the system cycles all subsystem power “OFF” and then “ON” again:
1.) When the reset button is pressed, the console sends a signal to the I/O board
(Corona) to cycle (reset) system power.
2.) The I/O board then notifies software running on the PC that a shutdown is about to
begin.
3.) Software on the PC begins an immediate and orderly shutdown of software on the
PC.
4.) When 40 seconds has expired, the I/O board sends a command to shutoff all
subsystem power to the PDU.
5.) Within ten seconds after all subsystem power is shut-off, the I/O board turns “ON” all
subsystem power again.
6.) The PC then reboots and the system returns to operational readiness.

GE HEALTHCARE 
• The following SW procedure assumes that you are beginning with the System powered “ON”
and application software running (i.e. System Operationally Ready).
Note: Configure the Time Zone after software re-installation or upgrade by refer to Planned
Maintenances.
2.3 Preliminary Requirements
2.3.1 Tools and Test Equipment

• Linux Operating System Software DVD: 1
• System Applications Software CD-ROM: 1
2.3.2 Consumables
• Empty/blank CD-R: 2
2.3.3 Safety
Potential for Data Loss.

• Archive patient images you wish to keep.
• Backup protocols you wish to keep.
• Preform a “Save” of system configuration and calibrations data and label the CD-R.
• Do not press the <RESET> button on the Console, Unless you are instructed.
2.3.4 Required Conditions

• System must be 100% functional and operationally ready before performing the following
procedure.
• Suggest you unplug the ethernet cable before you begin.
2.4 Procedure
1.) Are you performing a new system installation?
a.) Yes; start the procedure at Step 4.
b.) No; continue on to the next step (Backup System Files).
2.) Backup System Files. Refer to 1.2-Procedure on page 178
3.) Backup Protocol Data Base and System Images.
a.) Save Protocol Data Base.
Note: From SUIF/Config/General/Application Language, record the language config. This is because the
database only can be restored at the system configured with the same language environment.
I.) From the Worklist screen, click Service Tools icon. The Service Tools screen
appears.
II.) Select Preferences first and then Protocols, from the menu.
III.) Insert a blank CD into the CD tray and close.

GE HEALTHCARE 
IV.) Click [Back up] .

V.) A message will appear: Press OK to continue with Protocol Database back up.
VI.) Press [OK] after you see the message. The protocol database is saved to the CD-
RW.
VII.)Remove the CD from tray and label it as “Protocol Database” (include the current date
and time).
VIII.)Place the CD in safe location for future use.

b.) Save Images
I.) Open the CD tray.
II.) Insert your blank CD-R into the tray.
III.) entering the Worklist screen and clicking the icon of image management,this is
shown in following picture.

GE HEALTHCARE 
IV.) Now, select the exams you wish to copy.
Note: select some exams with CTRL+LEFT BUTTON

V.) Click on [CD1] on the lower left corner of the screen as the destination. The CD Write
screen will appear with the following options:
• Deselect All - Deselects all exams on the list.
• Store Optimally - Automatically checks if the selected images will fit on the
CD. It will automatically deselect any items that cannot fit onto the CD.
• Write - Begins the copy process.
• Cancel - Closes the screen and returns you to the Image Management
screen.
VI.) Confirm that the exams to be copied are the ones you have chosen. Deselect any
exams you do not want saved to the CD-RW.
VII.)Click on [Write], using the mouse.
1.) The CD begins copying.
2.) To see the status of the exams being copied, click on located at the
bottom of the Image Management screen.

3.) The transfer log screen will appear.
4.) Click on [Close] and return to the Image Management screen.
5.) When copying is complete, the CD tray will open.
VIII.)Remove the CD from tray and label as Image Data (include current date and time).
4.) Perform the “Load from Cold”.
Before performing the next detailed System Software "Load from Cold" procedures, please
check the PC model is HPZ400 or HPZ440 at first. The procedures of them will be different.
Do not press the RESET button on the Console, unless you are instructed to.

GE HEALTHCARE 
• If the PC is HP Z400:
a.) Load Linux Operating System (OS) software.

I.) Place the Linux Operating System DVD into the PC.
II.) Press and hold the RESET button for at least 3 seconds. You will hear a short beep,
and the system will begin to shut down and later reboot.
III.) When a ring is heard,the PC “splash” screen is displayed, press <F9> as instructed
on the screen.
IV.) When the Boot Device Menu is displayed, select to boot from "Optical Drive" and
press the <Enter>key.
V.) When the "Boot: "appears, type: GEHCXR and then press the <Enter>key.
VI.) Be patient, it takes approximately 15 minutes for the Linux Operating System
software to load.
VII.)Remove the Linux Operating System DVD from the PC and close the CD/DVD drive
drawer.
b.) Load Application Software
I.) Insert the Applications CD into the CD/DVD drive.
II.) Open the CDROM, and run the "autorun" file once. It will reboot for installing the
Graphics driver.
III.) After entering the system, open the CDROM and run the "autorun" file again.
IV.) Select “Brivo XR575” for Brivo XR575 model or "Brivo XR515" for Brivo XR515 model
as the product configuration to install Software.
V.) Click the Install tab.
VI.) When the installation of applications software is complete, "Installation is complete"
appear on the screen.
VII.)Click OK.
VIII.)Click [REBOOT]
IX.) The system will reboot and pop up the login screen.
X.) Remove the Applications CD from the CD/DVD drive.
• If the PC is HP Z440:
a.) Load Linux Operating System (OS) software.
I.) Place the Linux Operating System DVD into the PC.
II.) Press and hold the RESET button for at least 3 seconds. You will hear a short beep,
and the system will begin to shut down and later reboot.
III.) When a ring is heard,the PC “splash” screen is displayed. And then in the welcome

GE HEALTHCARE 
window of Linux OS, choose “GEHC X-ray” and press <Enter>.
IV.) Then choose “XR Default Configuration” and press <Enter> in the “X-ray
configurations” window.
V.) Be patient, it takes approximately 30 minutes for the Linux Operating System
software to load.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Note: with a brand new hard disk, you will see this dialog before Linux OS starts to load. Choose “Yes,
discard any data” button to continue.
VI.) click “Reboot” when Linux OS complete installation.
VII.)Remove the Linux Operating System DVD from the PC and close the CD/DVD drive
drawer.
b.) Load Application Software
I.) Insert the Applications CD into the CD/DVD drive.
II.) Open the CDROM, and click the "autorun" file. Then click the button “Run in Terminal”
in the popup window.
III.) Select “Brivo XR575” for Brivo XR575 model or "Brivo XR515" for Brivo XR515 model
as the product configuration to install Software.

GE HEALTHCARE 
IV.) Click the Install button.

V.) When the installation of applications software is complete, "Installation is complete"
appear on the screen.
VI.) Click OK.
VII.)Click [REBOOT]
VIII.)The system will reboot and pop up the login screen.
IX.) Remove the Applications CD from the CD/DVD drive.

GE HEALTHCARE 
5.) If need, refer to Galaxy Change IP Instruction as below.
For Brivo XR575 system, 192.168.2.1 and 192.168.2.45 has been used by Magic PC eth1 and
Detector. The system also has occupied two network segments, that is “192.168.1.*” and
“192.168.2.*. If these IP addresses also used in hospital network, we need to change Magic PC
eth1 and Detector IP. So, if system IP conflict with these IPs, please follow the below procedure.
Galaxy Change IP Instruction

1. Login My Workshop and search DOC1931860. Download changeIP script according to Galaxy
workstation type.
If workstation type is Z400, please download script changeIpZ400;

If workstation type is Z440, please download script changeIpZ440;
Warning: if running wrong configuration of changIp script, system application software will crash
and need reinstall OS/APP.
2. Burn the script to empty CD or copy it into usbdisk.
Note: Please copy the script without any folder.
3. Press Ctrl+Shift+F5 to engage the EngGUI window, click the icon of command terminal to popup a
command prompt window.
4. Type /sbin/ifconfig, check eth1 IP address. The IP address of eth1 is 192.168.2.1

GE HEALTHCARE 
5. Put CD with script changeIp into the CDROM of workstation. Or insert usbdisk with script into
workstation.
Please follow steps 5.1-5.3
5.1 If using CD, type mount /mnt/cdrom then press enter;
If using usbdisk, ignore this step.
5.2 if using CD, type cd /mnt/cdrom then press enter;
If using usbdick, type cd /mnt/usbdisk then press enter.
5.3 Type ls then press enter, you can see the changeIP script in the folder.
6. In the terminal window, login: su Password: Consult your Administrator for password information
7. Copy the script into harddisk. if workstation is Z400, type cp changeIpZ400 /magichome/xruser/engg/
then press enter; if workstation is Z440, type cp changeIpZ440 /magichome/xruser/engg/ then press
enter.
8. Type cd /magichome/xruser/engg then press enter.
9. if workstation is Z400, type ./changIpZ400 and then press enter to execute the application;
if workstation is Z440, type ./changIpZ440 and then press enter to execute the application.
10. Input related number to choose the IP which do not conflict with the hospital network, for example 1.
Then press enter and wait the system auto reboot done.

GE HEALTHCARE 
11. After system reboot completes, login to system. run /sbin/ifconfig to check the eth1 IP is changed
successfully.
12. Verify that detector could boot successfully and you can take an exposure successfully.
NOTE:
While after change IP, pls redo the system backup. While the SITE do the LFC , we need
run the ChangeIP script again just after the LFC then do the restore . Pls pay attention to
the order and detector will not boot if do not follow the correct order.
6.) Login to System

Note: Username and password are case sensitive. Enter them carefully.
a.) Enter username.
Username:insite
b.) Enter password.
Password:Consult your Administrator for Password information.
7.) Create User Accounts (Not Required if you have a System Calibration/Configuration Backup
CD)
Enter hospital user names and passwords, if they do not already exist on a system back CD.
8.) Are you performing a new system installation?
a.) Yes, skip to Step 14
b.) No, proceed onto “Selectively Restore System Calibration and Configuration Files” Step 8
9.) Selectively (except Generator dB) Restore System Calibration and Configuration Files.
Note: Do not restore the Generator dB files at this time. You will restore that file after the generator
software is loaded.
a.) From the Application Desktop, click on the Service Tools icon.
b.) Click on the [Launch] button.
c.) Select the Utilities Tab.

GE HEALTHCARE 
d.) Click on the plus (+) sign preceding the System folder icon in the navigation frame.
e.) Click on the [ Restore] link.
f.) Insert your “Cal/Config Backup” CD or USB.
g.) Select the media type by clicking on one of the media type buttons.
h.) Click on [START].

* To cancel and return to the Tools main screen, press [STOP]
i.) Click on the arrow that points down, in the drop-down box, to display a list of items that
can be selected.
j.) Restore the Digital files

k.) Restore OS Configuration files
GE HEALTHCARE 
l.) Remove Cal/Config Backup CD.
m.) Press and hold the RESET button for 3 seconds. You will hear a short beep.
You will now re-initialize the system to recognize the restored calibration and
configuration files
n.) Log into the system, when prompted.
o.) Open the Service Desktop.
p.) From the SUIF home page. verify that your current configuration accurately describes the
number of Detectors you have installed. The software load automatically defaults to one
Detector, unless you have done a successful restore and system reset.
10.) Restore System Calibration and Configuration files.
11.) Restore Protocol Data Base
a.) Be assure the system language config are the same with the backuped database. From
the Worklist screen, click the Service Tools icon. The Service Tools screen appears.

Worklist screen
b.) Select [Preferences] and then [ Protocols] .
c.) Insert the CD with the saved protocols database into the CD/DVD drive.
d.) Click the [Retrieve] button.

GE HEALTHCARE 

Service tools screen
e.) A message appears: Press OK to continue with Protocol Database retrieve.

f.) Click the [OK] button.The saved protocol database is now loaded onto your system.
g.) Remove the CD from the CD/DVD drive and store it in a safe place.
12.) Restore System Images

GE HEALTHCARE 
a.) Use the [CD1] button to open the CD tray on the PC.
b.) Select Eject CD from the drop-down list. The CD/DVD drive tray will open.
c.) Place the CD with the images onto the tray and close.
d.) Click the [CD1] on the top left corner of the screen. The exam list updates to now show
you the images stored on the CD.
e.) Select the exams you wish to retrieve. using the mouse.
f.) Click the [Local] button as the destination (located on the lower left corner of the screen).
g.) A message appears: Images will be copied to the selected exam. Images will not
automatically be removed from the source exam.
h.) Click [OK], when it appears.
* If there is a problem and the exams cannot be copied to the selected network host:
1.) A message appears: The network destination is not responding. If the problem
persists contact your network administrator.
2.) Click OK to close the message.
3.) Try copying the exams at a later time.
* To see the status of the exams being copied:
1.) Click [Transfer Log] at the bottom of the Image Management screen.
2.) The Transfer Log screen appears.
3.) Click the [Close] button to close the screen and return to the Image Management
screen.
HPZ400 and HPZ440 has different OS, so OS configuration of backup CD can’t be restored
into workstation of different OS system, or system will crash.
If the old PC HPZ400 is replaced to new PC HPZ440, DO NOT perform restore OS
configurations of old Z400 backup CD into new Z440 system. Need manually perform below
steps.
13.) Restore the settings of the below OS configurations according to the photos you used to take
when perform data backup.

GE HEALTHCARE 
- PNF:ON/OFF
- NTP setting
- Site parameters: IP Address/Subnet Mask/Default Gateway
• System Utilities screen > Preferences > Login Management

- To create a special username/password for costumer manually.
14.) RIS/PACS/Printer settings Reload any applicable software patches.
15.) Re-checkout Insite.
Different workstation of Galaxy has different Model type. When OLE make Insite checkout,
field engineer need first check workstation type, then tell them choose responsible Model
type. Z400 workstation uses _GALAXY while Z440 workstation uses _GALAXYZ440. Wrong
model type will make checkout failure.
16.) Congratulations, you're finished. Unless, you're installing a new system. Then proceed on to
calibration and configuration tasks.
2.5 Finalization
1.) Plug the ethernet cable.
2.) Perform Detector vertical bar and bad pixel cal.
3.) Perform QAP.
4.) Perform the Data, Time and NTP settings.
5.) Backup the system.
Section 3.0Jedi Service Tool

3.1 Service Software User Guide
3.1.1 Supplies
None.
3.1.2 Tools
• Service manual CD (PN:5429484)
• TAV cable (PN:2207478)
• Laptop with Serial port and CD drive
3.1.3 Safety Precautions

Not applicable.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.1.4 Prerequisites
Basic knowledge of PC based computer laptop, DOS and usage of Microsoft WINDOWS.
3.1.5 Personnel
1 person.
3.1.6 Time
15 minutes.
3.1.7 Procedure
1.) If neccessary, unzip the files and put them into JEDISVC folder
2.) Loading service software on service laptop
The Service software is a DOS application. It can operate under DOS or Windows; but for software
download or database backup, it is required to run ASIAN.exe under DOS to avoid
communication problem (with the mouse, click on START, SHUTDOWN, RESTART
COMPUTER UNDER DOS MODE; see 4.1 - Software Download / Upgrade).
To load the software on to the hard drive:
• Power ON Service laptop. Under Windows, run the File Manager (Explorer))
• Create a new directory (e.g.: JEDISVC) under C:\
• Insert the "Service manual CD delivered with the equipment in the Service Tool set into the CD
drive.
• Copy JEDI service software from the CD to your hard drive.
• Double click on \, drag and drop on C:\ JEDISVC or whatever name of your directory.
The service software is installed and ready for use.
3.) Power off the system and switch off the breaker on PDU.
4.) Unplug the 5428628 cable that is to PC terminal, Connect this cable terminal to Laptop RS232
interface.
5.) Press the Reset button about five second and not release, then press the power on button and
not release as shown in Figure3, wait about three second, then you will listen to a beep tone
and look at the power on led flash, it indicates entering into Hub mode, you can be diagnosis
the JEDI.
6.) Run the program:
Under DOS:
* Select Disk drive from where you want to run the program:
* C: [enter]
* key in: “ASIAN” [enter]

GE HEALTHCARE 
• Power ON the generator.

• Press function key F1.
The following screen appears:
The software will load the help screen information contained in Asiane .msg file.
• Wait or press space bar to jump to screen.
The Application screen will appear:

GE HEALTHCARE 
"English text Version 1.2" is displayed 5 sec.,

then display shows the last used parameters.
Note: If the serial line to the generator is not operating (e.g.: cable not correctly connected, I/F or kV
Control board down, Generator not ready or powered OFF), further screens will not be
displayed and no function keys will operate. Correct this problem before continuing.
7.) Typical screen description
1
1 : Area for Parameters, Error codes. Controlled by JEDI Software.

Display of exposure parameters setup in Application mode, depending on technique selection: kV,
mAs, mA, Exposure time. (max. number of exposure in sequence, not used on Rad product.)
Specific display in Maintenance Mode (Alt S or Alt D).
2 : Status area. Displayed by Service Software, Enlighten or blinking key controlled by JEDI
Software.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Display of function keys usable with menu displayed. Commands are remembered in help area:
Right arrow: Increase kV Left arrow: Reduce kV
F1: Set 2 points mode
F2: Set 3 points mode
F3: Increase mA or mAs (3 points or 2 points) F4: Decrease mA or mAs (3 points or 2 points)
F5: Increase Exposure Time F6: Decrease Exposure Time
F9: Darkness correction + (w/t AEC Cell) F0 (F10): Darkness correction - (w/t AEC Cell)
Lit when thermal limit is reached Error or impossible selection Lit

during exposure
Lit when ready for exposure Lit during exposure
3 : Select Technique, Screen film pairs, AEC cell, ...

Keys always displayed, but will be active depending on configuration and technique selection.
Includes help command.
1...4: Select workstation, whenever programmed in service menu TECH.

0: select Large focus 9: select Small focus
A, B, C: Select screen film pair (Whenever programmed)
A: Slow speed B: Medium speed C: High speed
D, E, F: Select cell in AEC (Whenever programmed)
D: Left cell E: Central cell F: Right cell
R: to Reset whenever error occurs U: Toggle fast or normal kV change.
Z: to display in area (1) the measured exposure parameters when "DISP" in menu 5 is set ON.
APR valid: enlighten when the display in area (1) is valid for recording in Customized protocols.
(Not used in RAD)
4 : Area for Static Help, related to screen in Service Mode.

Displayed by Service Software.

GE HEALTHCARE 
SELECTING MAINTENANCE AND APPLICATION MODE; MAJOR KEYS
FROM PROCEDURE TO
APPLICATION MODE Type <ALT> - <S > (Together) SETUP/MAINTENANCE
MODEMENU 3
APPLICATION MODE Type <ALT> - <D > (Together) SETUP/MAINTENANCE
MODELAST MENU OR
SUB-MENU selected.
SETUP/MAINTENANCE From any menu, type <R > (several APPLICATION MODE
MODE times if necessary) or <Q >
[Q] Return to application mode

[R] Return to a higher level menu
[W] Validate
[ALT] & [S] (Together) Calibration mode (Menu 3)
[ALT] & [D] Calibration mode (Last menu called)
[ ] and [ ] In maintenance mode, to move through menus
[F1] to [F0] Function keys with action based on context.
Other keys Based on context. Main function recalled in the screen and also
in sections wherever used.
SERVICE MENU TREE BREAKDOWN

• Type [ALT] & [S] (Together) to go to Maintenance Menus (MENU 3)
• Type [ ] and [ ] keys to select a menu.
• Figure 1-1 shows the relationship between the Maintenance Mode menus and the function
keys used to access those menus.
• To return to a higher level, key in [R]
The darkened menus are used for Generator and room setup (Configuration and Calibration):
menu 3, 4, 5.
Menu 3 is used to Configure the system
Menu 4 is used to calibrate AEC mode (Automatic Exposure Control)
Menu 5 is used to perform Checksum
Menu 1 is used to perform generator test and diagnostics.
Menu 2 is used to enter Date and Time, view/clear error log, and view/clear tube and generator
recorded tracking Data.

GE HEALTHCARE 
MENU 1
[F1] [F3] [F5] [F7]
HEAT ANOD HIGH AEC
AUTO, AUTO,
3,4,5 3k, 9k
NoLD GATE ShC

CD INV
Tst Tst
MENU 2
[F3] [F5] [F7]
LIST NEXP DATE
MENU 3
[F1] [F5]
TECH MODE
MENU 4
[F5] [F7]
AEC CAL
[F1] [F3] [F5] [F9]

KVEF KG KTIME KF
MENU 5
[F1] [F7]
RAMS Vx Px.x DSPL
[F1] [F3]
CKS MCL
Figure 1-1 Service Menu Tree Breakdown
SUB-MENU SUMMARY DESCRIPTION

a.) Configuration - MENU3
TECH: programming workstation, technique parameters.
MODE: Select Renard or Normal scale for kV selection.
Calibration - MENU4
AEC: To set parameters if known, or modify them manually.
CAL: To calibrate Automatic Exposure Control, for each AEC chamber and Screen-film
combination.

GE HEALTHCARE 
b.) Ram - MENU5
RAMS: NVRAm operation & display:
- CKSM: To update Checksum after configuration, calibration, parameter change.
- MCLR: Clear NVRam memory. Normally not to be used, unless specifically instructed.
Note: Do not use if Data Base backup has not been performed previously.
Vx Px.x: Display generator software version (e.g. P3.3)
DSPL: In Maintenance Mode, to display parameter after exposure using key [Z]
c.) Utilities - MENU2
LIST: To display last recorded error codes (up to 64)
- Last error is viewed with Date and Time
- Function keys allow to scroll down and up
- [Z] to get back to the last recorded error
- Same consecutive error are counted Up in the same line
- [^H ], and [W] to clear error log
NEXP: To view/clear tube and generator recorded tracking Data. Clear must be performed
only when replacing X-Ray tube. Meaning of each parameter is found in 4.2 - Tube
Replacement Software Procedure.
DATE: To enter / modify the date and time.
d.) Diagnostics - MENU1
HEAT: To exercise Heater/filament function.
- Auto: run fixed current on both filament (if 2 filaments) in sequence on selected tube (If
more than 1).
- L or S: run 3, 4, or 5 Amps on Large or Small Focus.
ANOD: To exercise Rotor function.
- Auto: run rotation cycle in Low Speed then High Speed (If allowed by configuration) on
selected tube. (If more than 1)
- 3k: run one cycle acceleration, hold, break in Low Speed on selected tube (If more than 1)
- 9k: run one cycle acceleration, hold, break in High Speed (If allowed by configuration) on
selected tube (If more than 1)
HIGH: To exercise High Voltage function.
- NoLD: To troubleshoot HV problem, without mA nor rotation with or without X-Ray tube.
Test is run from 80 to max. kV, adjustable from 1 to 60 sec.
- Gate CD Test: to verify operation of the gate command board on the Inverter. Test is run
during 10 sec. At 0 kV.
Note: Requires manual set up. Read related information in diagnostics section.
- ShC INV Tst: To verify operation of inverter with inverter in short circuit. Test is run during
100 msec. At 0 kV.
Note: Requires manual set up. Read related information in diagnostics section.
AEC: To verify operation of AEC board. Refer to diagnostics section.
Section 4.0Service Tool Job Cards

4.1 Software Download / Upgrade
4.1.1 Supplies
None.

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.1.2 Tools
• Service manual CD(PN:5429484)
• Laptop with serial port and CD drive

Not applicable.
4.1.4 Prerequisites
4.1.5 Personnel
1 person.
4.1.6 Time
30 minutes.
4.1.7 Procedure
4.1.7.1 Load Software File on Service Laptop

1.) To load the software on to the hard drive(windows 2000 or under):It can operate under DOS
or Windows;
2.) Power ON the computer, Under Windows, run the File Manager (Explorer);
3.) Create a new directory (e.g.: JEDITEST) under C:\;
4.) Insert the CD contained ”JEDI Software” delivered with the equipment into the CD-Rom;
5.) Copy all the files from the CD to your hard drive.
4.1.7.2 Unzip software file

If necessary, you need to manually unzip the Jedi Software.
4.1.7.3 Software download

1.) Insert Service manual CD into Laptop;
2.) Create a new directory (e.g.: JEDITEST) under C:\
3.) Copy all the JEDI service software from the CD to your hard drive
interface.
and look at the power on led flash, it indicates entering into Hub mode, you can be diagnosis
the JEDI.
7.) Run the program:
Under DOS:
* Select Disk drive from where you want to run the program:
* C: [enter]
* key in: “ASIAN” [enter]

GE HEALTHCARE 
8.) From the laptop software main screen, type “F7: restore memory”.
9.) Type bootP426.mx, then enter (or C:\JEDI\bootP426.mx)
10.) Wait for the count to start. When the software code transfer completes, wait 2 minutes for the
next step.
11.) type applP426.mx, then enter (or C:\JEDI\applP426.mx). Wait for the count to start. It may take
20 seconds before starting. The software code transfer will take about 20 minutes.
12.) Verify the software version is P426, behind RAM text
13.) Select menu 2 with the arrows, select LIST, and clear generator error log. (^H, then W);
14.) To exit program, press Q, or R to return then ESC, or ESC twice.
4.2 Tube Replacement Software Procedure
4.2.1 Supplies
None.

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.2.2 Tools
• Service manual CD(PN:5429484)
• Laptop with serial port and CD drive

Not applicable.
4.2.4 Prerequisites
Knowledge of Service Software (refer to Chapter 11 - Software Instruction - Section 3.0 - Jedi
Service Tool).
4.2.5 Personnel
1 person.
4.2.6 Time
15 minutes.
4.2.7 Procedure
4.2.7.1 Reset Tube Data tracking counter and error log.

1.) Plug TAV cable to Laptop serial port . Insert Service manual CD into Laptop.
2.) Create a new directory (e.g.: JEDITEST) under C:\
3.) Copy all the JEDI service software from the CD to your hard drive
interface.
and look at the power on led flash, it indicates entering into Hub mode.
7.) Run the program:
Under DOS:
* Select Disk drive from where you want to run the program;
* C:[enter]
* key in:”ASIAN” [enter]
8.) Type ALT-S to jump to Service Menu
9.) Select menu 2 with the arrows.
10.) Type F5 to select “NEXP”.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Note: Before resetting all the memory, it is advised to record them on table 4.2.7.3 - Generator Counter
Reading Record, found at the end of this Job Card.
11.) Enter ^H, press W to confirm.
All the tube related Data will be erased; only Generator related Data will be kept.
The filament ageing parameter will be reset to default value.

GE HEALTHCARE 
12.) Type Q to go back to main screen.
4.2.7.2 Verify new tube operation, clear error log

1.) Press F1 to jump to application screen.
2.) Run a dozen of exposures from low kv, mA, to high kV, mA in direct workstation.
3.) Verify correct operation of the system.
4.) Go in menu 2, LIST (F3); Clear the Error log.
5.) Exit from laptop service software.
6.) Run exposures from the Operating console.
7.) Take necessary steps to ship the replaced tube. Include filled out table with tube
information.
4.2.7.3 Generator Counter Reading Record
GENERATOR COUNTER READING RECORD
Date of reading: Date of putting into service:
Address of Generator identification:

installation:
Serial number:
Software version:
Options: (AEC)
X-Ray system
description:
Counter name Tube data Explanation
NO WARMUP Number of skipped Warm-up (N/A on Tiger)

GE HEALTHCARE 
RXGSF H Cumulated exposure time on small focus
RXGLF H Cumulated exposure time on large focus
RXSCOP H Cumulated exposure time in fluoro (N/A on RAD.)
ROTANOD H Cumulated Anode rotation time
NEXPSF Cumulated Number of exposure on small focus
NEXPLF Cumulated Number of exposure on large focus
N100%SF Cumulated Number of exposure on small focus at

100 % Power (N/A on Tiger)
N100%LF Cumulated Number of exposure on large focus (N/

A on Tiger)
NAMOR Cumulated Number of spits
KJSF E Cumulated dissipated power on Small focus
KJLF E Cumulated dissipated power on Large focus
TIME_ON H Total generator Power On time (Not erasable)
N_EXP_G H Total generator number of exposure (Not erasable)
4.2.7.4 Tube Database Download

The service tool software can operate under Windows (Windows 2000 or lower version) or DOS.
interface.
and look at the power on led flash, it indicates entering into Hub mode.
4.) Create a new directory (e.g.: JEDITEST) under C:\.
5.) Copy all the files from the CD to your new directory.
6.) Restart the computer in DOS mode (for software download or database backup, it is required
to run ASIAN.exe under DOS to avoid communication problem). With the mouse, click on
START, SHUTDOWN, RESTART COMPUTER UNDER DOS MODE.
7.) Run the program:
Under DOS:
* Select Disk drive from where you want to run the program;
* C:[enter]
* key in:”ASIAN” [enter].
8.) Press function key F7 to Load Software according to the tube installed.
- 50 kW tube: type 5331186 File: VMNSVDR?.mx (? means the current revision)
9.) When the successful installation message display, press Esc button on the computer.
10.) Press the function key F1 into the Jedi application interface.
11.) Press Alt and S key together to enter service interface.
12.) Set Date&Time.

GE HEALTHCARE 
- Call Menu 2 using the arrows on the keyboard.
- Call DATE by pressing F7.
- Enter date (MM DD YYYY) via numeric keypad.
- Hit W to confirm.
- Hit F1.
- Enter time (HH MM) via numeric keypad.
- Hit W to confirm.
13.) Checksums
Checksums must be validated at the end of the generator setup or whenever a parameter is
changed.
- Call Menu 5 using the arrows on the keyboard.
- Press function key F1.
- Press function key [F1] and [V] simultaneously.
- A buzzer will sound, which indicating that the sums have been checked and OK on display
screen.
14.) Press "R" key to return to the application mode.
15.) Press Esc key to exit the JEDI software.
4.3 Exposure mode while opening the jedi service tool

when Service engineer make a diagnosis for JEDI with the Service diagnosis software in laptop, it
needs to expose by pressing hand switch while openning the jedi service tool. This section will tell
you the way to achieve it.
1.) Close the system by clicking shut down button on Application platform.
interface.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.) Press the Reset button about five second and not release, then press the Power on button and
not release, wait about three second, then you will listen to a beep tone and look at the power
on led flash, it indicates entering into Hub mode, you can be diagnosis the JEDI.
4.) Make some exposures with hand switch, the following picture are some explanations for
pressing hand switch.
- When pressing hand switch, the tube anode rotation as shown below.
- When pressing hand switch for high voltage test, the state from OFF to ON and show 80K
as shown below.

GE HEALTHCARE 
5.) Press Shut Down button in Application screen and switch off the breaker on PDU to end the
Hub mode.

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 12 Regulatory Test Procedure
Only qualified service engineer is allowed to conduct the test involved in this capater.
Section 1.0 Electrical Safety Equipment Grounding

Please refer to the document named 46-014505 in manual CD.
Section 2.0 Electrical Safety Leakage Current

Please refer to the document named 46-014546 in manual CD.
Chapter 12 - Regulatory Test Procedure Page 215

GE HEALTHCARE 
Page 216 -
GE HEALTHCARE 
DIRECTION 5429575-CA-1EN, RIVISION 7 ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
Chapter 13 Illustrated Renewal Parts
Section 1.0 Illustrated Renewal parts

Note: If any brake is replaced, please use electric iron to seal the cable.
1.1 Service Tool
Part Number Detailed Part Description Quantity
5440337 Galaxy installation Service Tool 1
1.2 Table
5456538 CASTOR 4
5457304 Tabletop 1
5503733 GST-2 TABLETOP 1
Chapter 13 Illustrated Renewal Parts Page 217

GE HEALTHCARE 
5456538 5457304
1.3 Image Chain
5436666 SUPER VALUE RAD 1
5136302 Lamp, 24V 1
5331186 Vamana SVRAD Tube Assembly 1
5429399- Chongqing Hualun XS-1D collimator 1

ROHS
5429402 Galaxy 40lp grid with frame 1
5429405 Galaxy 70lp grid with frame 1
5270546 20mm Al phantom for Pioneer DR 1
5449033 AID Ion Chamber 1
5444618 DAP meter 1
Page 218 Section 1.0 Illustrated Renewal parts

GE HEALTHCARE 
5136302 5429402/5429405 5270546
5429399-ROHS 5331186 5436666
5449033
1.4 Control Room
5429246 TM:Terminal for exposure handswitch 1

and power on
5439061 Hand switch with RoHs compliance 1
5448740 Handle Switch Support Assembly 1
5498484 X-Ray 19 INCHES COLOR MONITOR 1
5271574-2 USB linear bar code scanner (optional) 1

GE HEALTHCARE 
• For PC HP Z400:
5810000-4 DVD+/-R/RW/ROM SuperMulti Optical 1

Drive
5810000-8 Single Socket PC 475W Power Supply 1

(Section 4.3)
5810000-10 Single Port Gigabit Ethernet PCI-e Card 1

per Section 7.3
5810000-A GDXR Console Workstation XR Super 1

Value DR
5810000-D the 250G hard disk 10K RPM 512eAF 1
5430746 Galaxy APPCD 1
5430754 Galaxy OS 1
• For PC HP Z440:
8770000-100 RAM DDR4 8GB ECC Registered 1

DIMM, 2133GHz or higher
5723590-29 Slim Line SATA Optical Multi Drive 1
8770000-129 NIC PCIe Dual Port 1GbE RJ45, i350- 1

T2 (network port)
8770000-130 PSU HP Z440 700W (power supply) 1
8770000-110 HDD SATA 1TB 7.2K enterprise-class 1
8770000-112 GPU PCIe Nvidia NVS315 vbios 1

75.19.88.22.0B (display card)
8770000-11 HP Z440 E5-1620v3 16GB NVS315 1

SSD for DGS Galaxy (main board)
5761443 Galaxy OS compatible with HP Z440 1

part 8770000-11
5761441 Galaxy APPCD compatible with HP 1

Z440 part 8770000-11
Note: 1.) PC HP Z440 (8770000-11) as well as its Low level FRU parts aren’t compatible to old
generation PC HP Z400(5810000-A) as well as its low level FRU parts.
2.) When FE need to replace the whole PC HP Z400(5810000-A), please confirm below two
cases:
- In case PC HP Z400 is still available in GPRS stock, FE can order PC HP Z400 and its
compatible CD (APP 5430746, OS 5430754);

GE HEALTHCARE 
- In case PC HP Z400 is used up, FE needs to order new generation PC HP Z440 with its
compatible CD (Z440 PC 8770000-11 + New OS 5761443+New App CD 5761441) and
install new OS/APP after the order is delivered.
3.) When FE replace the low level FRU parts of 8770000-11 and 5810000-A, make sure to check
model type of PC firstly and then order right FRU accordingly.
- for example, if the PC type in field is Z400 and you need to order low level hard disk FRU
5810000-D, you should confirm whether the part 5810000-D is still in GPRS stock. If Z400
low level FRU part 5810000-D is used up, you must order the whole new generation PC
8770000-11 with new OS and APP CD (Z440 PC 8770000-11 + New OS 5761443+New
App CD 5761441) together instead of the old ones.
5429246 5439061
5448740
1.5 PDU
5450079 relay RH2B-ULDD24 1
5435232 Transformer 1100VA 1
5500296 Power supplier assembly 1
5435236 Relay LY4-D 1
5435247 Breaker S203 1
5443099 Galaxy PDU fuse kit 1
5443496 Insulation board assembly 1
5447355 Contactor A50-30 coil220V 1
5428661 IF power cable 1
5428664 IF-Jedi cable 1
5432234 IF room-door open switch cable 1
5432235 Jedi x-ray on lamp cable 1

GE HEALTHCARE 
5447355
5500296 5435247
5450079
5435236
5443099
5435232 5443496
1.6 MIS Cable
5428622 PC power cable 2
5428628 PC RS232 cable 1
5428630 IF-TM cable 1
1.7 U-Arm
021-0144 Pioneer program need PSP Document 8

GB-T276 608-2Z
Bearing

GE HEALTHCARE 
5122632 HV Cable 2
5450079 relay RH2B-ULDD24 1
5394097 Power supply for URP detector 1
5428629 PC ethernet cable 1
5428631 U-ARM power cable 1
5428632 IF Spine cable 1
5428635 Vertical POT cable 1
5428636 Tube-side LCD cable 1
5428638 Angle-meter cable 1
5428639 SID POT cable 1
5428645 Vertical lock and limit switch cable 1
5428647 Detector fan cable 1
5428663 Collimator power cable 1
5428665 U-ARM main PE cable 1
5428666 Tube rotator cable 1
5428672 Vertical POT and lead cable 1
5428673 SID POT and lead cable 1
5428769 Detector fan and lead cable 1
5428858 Handle tansfer cable 1
5428859 Detector housing GND 1
5428931 Spine power cable 1
5428934 Detector power cable 1
5429133 Motor control cable 1
5763069 New Galaxy IF PWA 1
5429135 Galaxy interface board with firmware. 1

Note: If this part is use up and can’t be
ordered anymore, please order the other
new IF board part 5763069 for instead.
5430955 U2 handle membrane 1
5430961 Spine PWA with Firmware 1
5430979-1 SVDR Console LCD with pictures 1

GE HEALTHCARE 
5430982-1 SVDR Configured Servo 1
5430986-1 SVDR Angle LCD with pictures 1
5432235 Jedi x-ray on lamp cable 1
5433031 Detector housing signal cable 1
5435322 Encoder connection cable 1
5435323 motor connection cable 1
5435324 rotation lock cable 1
5435327 estop button and lead cable 1
5437495 Ion chamber cable for galaxy 1
5439053 angle meter cover1-1(575P) 1
5439843 Lock Handle 1
5439844 Spring 1
5443085 Steel rope 2
5443863 tube - cover L-D 1
5444677 Spring 1
5445490 LCD-cover-D 1
5445505 Cable sleeves 1
5445536 gear cover top 1
5446111 U3 Front board and picture(575P) 1
5446298 Chin rest and frame 1
5446299 power supply of 150w 1
5447915 Brake 1
5447916 patient barrier 1
5448732 Lock Handle 1
5448734 Limit switch, Galaxy 2
5451267 Tube handle of U-arm 1
5452377 Brake on Arm 1
5452378 V3M11-Tube Handle 1
5452427 gear cover down 1
5453213 Brake on top box 1

GE HEALTHCARE 
5453214 V3M21-Tube Handle 1
5454855 Angle meter cover1-2(575P) 1
5456202 grid detent 1
5456313 Motor and component 1
5457298 Bearing 8
5457299 tube - cover L-U 1
5458077 LCD-Cover_F 1
5458080 safe lock 1
5458806 Grid-in switch used in Galaxy 1
5458808 Handle 1
5459299 The spring of U-arm rotation detent. 1
5461124 tube - cover-R 1
5461879 Detector housing left part 1
5447187 Manual U-ARM Vertical lock cable 1
5444763 angle meter cover 1
5429575-299 Brivo XR575 Operator Manual CD 1
5447984 Anchor Screw 5447984 6
5455420 bearing 1
5491345 SID BRAKE FOR IECv3 1
5150458 OTS Switch Power Supply 1

GE HEALTHCARE 
5430961
5443085
5458806
5446298
5444677 5458808
5448732
5439843

GE HEALTHCARE 
5447916 5491345/5447915
5435327
5461879
5445536 5451267
5452427
5453214 5452378 5430955

GE HEALTHCARE 
5444763
5428769
5452377
5394097
5453213
5446299/5150458
5430982-1

GE HEALTHCARE 
5430979-1 5448734
5430986-1(575P)
5456202
5439053(575P) 5454855(575P)
5457299 5450079
5461124
5443863
5456313
5459299

GE HEALTHCARE 
5763069/5429135
5445490 5458077
5443085
5458080
5439844
1.8 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts
1.8.1 Introduction
This Section provides information for the identification of Renewal Parts for the JEDI 50 R 1T
generator.
1.8.2 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts List
Part No. Description Quantity

/Unit
2202419 I/F RAD - AEC cable (option) 1
2214527-4 JEDI STD HV TANK (SPARE) 1

2217057-2 FIRST AID SPARES_RoHS Complaint 1
5119911-2 FRU AEC Board-ROHS Compliant 1
5641043 FRU-Programmed Jedi Rotation V3 board 1

5126988-3 LVPS 3PH V5_FRU RoHS 1
5126989-2 INVERTER MID POWER ASSY_FRU RoHS 1

GE HEALTHCARE 
5436156 PROGRAMMED KV CONTROL BOARD P5.47 5,59 1
5126997-2 AC-DC 3PH MID POWER ASSY_FRU RoHS 1
5126999-2 EMC FILTER TRI V2B_FRU RoHS 1

5127015-2 FRU_RAD IF BOARD_RoHS Complaint 1
2409047 FILAMENT BOARD 1 INVERTER V3.01 1
99185290 Fuse 15A 1

2121569 Power bridge 1
2200700-2 INVERTER COIL MID POWER ASSY RoHS 1
COMPLIANT
2159419 Non-Volatile parameters RAM 1

2208000 Assy AEC cable 1
2198191 KV Measure - KV Control cable 1

2215903 ROT / LVPS / Heater cable 1
5133341-2 FRU FOR CAPA INVERTER ASSEMBLY FOR 50 RAD- 2
RoHS Compliant
2202418 KV control - I/F RAD cable 1

2221983 CAN cable 1
2198185 KV Measure - Gate Command cable 1
2214511 System cable 1

5127015-2 FRU_RAD IF BOARD_RoHS Complaint 1
5304700 Battery FRU for KV control 1
5392131 FRU- Programmed Heater V7 Board 1
1.8.3 FRU Information

Information shown for each FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) is explained below.
Wherever possible, the FRU or its position is illustrated for easy identification.

GE HEALTHCARE 
FRU name
Inverter PW Assembly
2187001 Part number for
 Inverter Capa Assembly ordering
2203900
Notes. These may include:

Items shown in this way are Reference to an illustration with more information
included in the FRU shown Reference to a relevant Disassembly/Reassembly
immediately above, but may also be Job Card Items included with the FRU etc.
ordered separately.
When need to replace the part, please use the standard usual tools.

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.8.4 Jedi 50 R 1T Structure
JEDI 50 R 1T
2212259-2
JEDI STD HV Tank

2214527-4
Power Unit HLB

2214447-2
Module Auxiliaries 50 R 1T
2215808
System cable
2214511
Module Power 50 R 1T
2229597
CAN Cable
2221983
Equipped AC/DC 50 R 1T
2221722
Service Tools
2228546
Interface Module 50 R 1T
2205629-2
First Aid Spares

2217057-2
AEC Board (option)

2204112-2
AEC I/F Cable

2202419

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.8.5 Renewal Parts
AC/DC Unit
Interface Unit
Power Unit
Auxiliary Unit
TOP VIEW
Interface
Unit
AC/DC Unit
Power Unit Auxiliary Unit
Jedi Standard
HV Tank
REAR VIEW
Figure 13-1 JEDI 50 R 1T Generator Location of Main Assemblies
Miscellaneous Items:
First aid spares: Services tools
1 short circuit cable Service software, 2227656
1 fuse 15 A 700 VDC RS232 Cable, 2207478
1 fuse 10 A 250 V
10 M4-8 mm screws
10 tie-wraps

GE HEALTHCARE 
AC/DC 3 Phase Mid Power

Assy (Board & Rectifier
+ 2 cables)
2214995
EMC Filter Board FRU: 1 -2
5126997
2209840 Job Card D/R JEDI 17-30
5126999
FRU: 1 -2
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-29
AC/DC Unit
RAD I/F Board V1 AEC Board V1

5127015-2
2184567-4 2184569-2
5119911
AEC -2V22222253
Board
RAD I/F Board V2
2226456FRU: 1 FRU: 1
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-25 Job Card D/R JEDI 17-36
Interface Unit
Rotor Board High Speed

2214605-3
5392132-4
2409043
FRU: 1
LV Power Supply 3 Ph Board

2212166
5126988-3
5126988-2
FRU: 1
Filament Board 1 Inv.
2214604 Job Card D/R JEDI 17-33
2409047
FRU: 1
Auxiliary Unit
Figure 13-2 JEDI 50 R 1T AC/DC Unit, Interface Unit & Auxiliary Unit

GE HEALTHCARE 
Inverter Coils Mid Power Assy Capa Inverter Assy

2200700 -2 2229505
FRU: 2 5133341
FRU: 2 -2
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-31 Job Card D/R JEDI 17-32
A
Non-Volatile parameter
RAM
2159419
FRU: 2
Job Card PM JEDI 15-2
Programmed kV Contro
Board
2214606-2
5436156
5126994-3
FRU: 1
Inverter Mid Power Assy

2215814FRU: 1
5126989
Job Card-2D/R JEDI 17-24
Jedi Standard HV Tank

2214527 -4
FRU: 1
Figure 13-3 JEDI 50 R 1T Power Unit

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.8.6 Cables
DC_BUS N to INVERTER
DC_BUS P to INVERTER
DC_BUS to Auxiliary
88 Unit (Rotation Board)
DC_BUS to
Power Unit
J1 J3
Not Used 9pts (Gate Command
J4 AEC Board DC_BUS+ Board)
DC_BUS- J1J2J3
PH3PH2PH1 DC_BUS M
Not Used 9
pts
J7 16
pts J5
Not Used PH1
9
pts
J5
Room Door PH2
Interface 9
pts J6 J2&TP2J1&TP1
W22 9pts 9pts PH3
9
pts
J8
EMC Board AC/DC Board
Service
Laptop
25
pts
J9
Console
I/F Board
1
1
64
J10 J3 pts
16
pts
22
AC/DC Unit
9
AEC1 pts
3
3 9
AEC2 pts THREE PHASES
Interface Unit + Ground from PDU
From
KV Control
board
Keyed
Connections
1 I/F RAD - AEC cable 5 KV Measure - Gate Command cable

2202419 2198185
2 Assy AEC cable 6 KV Measure - KV Control cable

2208000 2198191
3 KV control - I/F RAD cable 7 ROT / LVPS / Heater cable

2202418 2215903
4 CAN cable 8 System cable

2221983 2214511

GE HEALTHCARE 
8
8
DC_BUS N
DC_BUS P 70 o C
DC_BUS to ACDC Unit J1
to Tube
DC_BUS to ACDC Unit J3
to Tube Rotor
NP
anode cathode 1 1 1
11 9 6 5 4 3 1
Inverter Power Unit 1

- + L0 S
26 J2 1 -+ ACP F F
pts J1 J3
J2A
ILr ILp Rotation Board
blue grey High Speed
grey red HV Tank
1 J1A CF-N CF-P
26pts
1
J1
Gate J4 KV Measure
Command1 Board 26pts
J1
J3 J2
J2
LVPS
Board 34
pts
34
pts J2
CAN Board CF1 CF2
J3
1 CF3 CF4
50pts
26 pts
CAN 77
55 66 26pts
J1 CF1 CF2
44 Filament Board 1 Inv.

33
50pts
KV Control
J2
Board 1
26
J1 J3 pts
64 Auxiliary Unit
to IF Board pts
Keyed
Connections
1 I/F RAD - AEC cable 5 KV Measure - Gate Command cable

2202419 2198185
2 Assy AEC cable 6 KV Measure - KV Control cable

2208000 2198191
3 KV control - I/F RAD cable 7 ROT / LVPS / Heater cable

2202418 2215903
4 CAN cable 8 System cable

2221983 2214511
1.9 JEDI Generator Disassembly/Reassembly
1.9.1 Introduction
This section provides information to dismount and remount FRU (Field Replaceable Unit).
1.9.2 Tools
Serviceability of Jedi Generator requires the following tools:

GE HEALTHCARE 
F I
C
E
a
D G
B H
Digital Multimeter (A)
Phillips Screwdriver (B)
Allen Key (C)
Screwdriver With Interchangeable Socket Head (D)
Long Extension for Ratchet Wrench (E)
Short Extension for Ratchet Wrench (F)
Cutting Pliers (G)
High Voltage Wrench (H)
Ratchet Wrench (I)
Socket Wrench (J)
Hexagonal Head Socket Set (K)
1.9.3 HV Tank, 1 Tube, 1-3 Phase
1.9.3.1 Supplies
None
1.9.3.2 Tools
• 5.5 mm nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.
• 3 mm Allen wrench.
• 13 mm socket with ratchet.
1.9.3.3 Safety Precautions
BEFORE ANY MANUAL INTERVENTION, ENSURE THE MAIN POWER IS OFF. APPLY LOCK
OUT - TAG OUT PROCEDURE FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY WHEN MANIPULATING INSIDE THE
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.
To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.
1.9.3.4 Prerequisites
Remove the generator from the table and put it on its bottom side on the floor or on a work bench.

GE HEALTHCARE 
THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
REQUIRED TO CARRY IT.
1.9.3.5 Personnel
1 person.
1.9.3.6 Time
1 hour 30 minutes.
1.9.3.7 Disassembly
1.) To release the Power Unit, follow the instructions of Disassembly / Reassembly procedure of
1.9.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
Observe the Caution relating to dangerous voltages, and the Warning relating to the weight of
the generator!
Do not remove the two EMC panels from the top of the Power Unit.
2.) Disconnect the cable 1 connected to J3 on the KV Measure Board.
3.) Disconnect the short ribbon cable 2 connecting J2 on the Gate Command board (Inverter
Assembly) to J1 on the KV Measure Board (HV Tank).
4.) Disconnect the wider short ribbon cable 3 connecting J2 on the KV Control Board to J2 on
the KV Measure board (HV Tank).
5.) Using a 13 mm socket wrench, remove the three nuts 4 attaching the primary coil flat cables

GE HEALTHCARE 
to the round capacitors located on the shelf just above the KV Control Board.
6.) Remove the two screws 5 on the HV Tank rear side.
Take great care not to let screws fall into the HV connector receptacles. Cover them with
plastic caps.
6
7.) Remove the 5.5 mm screws: three at the front side 6 (two at right, one at left) and three at the
right side 7 .

GE HEALTHCARE 
8.) At the rear side, remove the eight 3 mm Allen screws 8 which secure the heat sink of the
Inverter Mid Power Assembly to the HV Tank.
9.) Take off the assembly constitued by five parts: EMC covers, Coils Inverter Assy, Capa Inverter
Assy, Mid Power Assy and KV Control Board. The HV Tank is now free 9 .
1.9.3.8 Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reassemble and replace the unit.
1.) Mount the flat cable J1 on the kV Measure Board of the new HV Tank (refer to (refer to
Disassembly section 2 ).
2.) Reassemble the HV Tank with the other elements of the Power Unit (refer to Disassembly
section 9 ).
3.) Mount the eight 3 mm Allen screws to secure the heat sink of the Inverter Mid Power Assembly
to the HV Tank. (refer to section Disassembly 8 ).

Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).
4.) Put back the 3 front 5.5 mm hex head screws (refer to section Disassembly 6 ), one at the
left side,two at the right side.
Tighten them between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
5.) Reconnect the short ribbon cable from J1 on the KV Measure board to J2 on the Gate
Command board (refer to section Disassembly 2 ).
6.) Using the 13 mm socket wrench, connect the primary coil flat cables to the three capacitors 1

GE HEALTHCARE 
).
The two flat cables with white bands on them go both together on the middle capacitor
with the parallel resonant cable (refer to section Reassembly 2 ).
7.) Reconnect the cable to J3 on the KV Measure Board (refer to section Disassembly 1 ).
Tighten the nuts to 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).
8.) Reconnect the wider short ribbon cable from J2 on the kV Control board to J2 on the kV
Measure Board (refer to section Disassembly 3 ).
9.) Mount the two 5.5 hex head screws securing the cover to the HV Tank on the HV outlet side
(refer to section Disassembly 5 ) and the three screws on the other side (refer to section
Disassembly 7 ).
Tighten the screws between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
10.) Mount the Power Unit on the support plate.
THE POWER UNIT WEIGHTS 30 KG (66 POUNDS).

11.) Refer to Disassembly / Reassembly procedure of 1.9.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly to
complete reassembly of the Unit.
12.) Put 5 cl of oil into the HV receptacles. Reconnect the HV cables.
1.9.3.9 Verify
Connect the service laptop (refer to Software - Jedi Service Tool - Section 1.0 Jedi Service Software
User Guide) and proceed to "HV no load diagnostics" to ensure correct operation.
Skip steps "Gate Command and Inverter in Short Circuit" diagnostics.
1.9.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly
1.9.4.1 Supplies
None

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.9.4.2 Tools
• C-clamp for HV connections.
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.THESE LEDS INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF DANGEROUS
VOLTAGE ON THE POWER SUPPLY CAPACITORS.
Look through the front of the power unit; observe leds ds 1 at the top of the dual snub board
and ds 300 at the right hand end of the gate command board. if either is lit, wait until both
are off before proceeding further.
1.9.4.5 Personnel
1 person.
1.9.4.6 Time
2 hours.

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.9.4.7 Disassembly
3
1
1
3
4
4 2 2
TOP VIEW
FRONT VIEW
1 5
1 AC/DC UNIT
4 2 POWER UNIT
3 INTERFACE UNIT
2 4 AUXILIARY UNIT
3
5 SUPPORT PLATE
TABLE
TABLE BUCKY
BUCKY
WALL
WALL BUCKY
BUCKY
DOOR
DOOR
LAPTOP
LAP TOP
CONSOLE
CONSOLE
AEC2
AEC2 AEC1
AEC1
Figure 13-4 JEDI 50 R 1T Generator General View

GE HEALTHCARE 
Remove the Auxiliary Unit
1.) Disconnect the connectors J2 and J3 and ground cable on the top of the generator 1 .
2.) Remove four 5.5 mm hex head securing screws holding the Auxiliary Unit on the support plate
2 .
3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 3 , without tearing, between the Auxiliary Unit and the
Interface Unit.
4.) Remove the Auxiliary Unit.
Remove the Interface Unit
2
1
3
1.) The Interface Unit appears after removing the Auxiliary Unit. Release the flat ribbon
cable 1 ,making it sliding along the cover panel 2 of the Interface Unit.
2.) Unscrew twelve 5.5 mm screws that retain the cover panel and remove this one 2 .
3.) On the I/F Rad Board, disconnect the flat wide ribbon cable J10 3 linked to the KV Control

GE HEALTHCARE 
Board.
THE POWER UNIT WEIGHTS 30 KILOGRAMS (66 POUNDS). DO NOT TRY TO LIFT IT
WITHOUT ASSISTANCE.
4.) Unscrew twelve 5.5 mm screws securing the Interface Unit box to the Power box.
5.) Taking care of the flat wide ribbon cable 3 ,remove the Interface Unit box. The components
of the Power Unit appear: coils assembly, capacitors assembly, KV Control Board.
Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate

3
1 2
5 4
1.) On the top of the generator, the two connectors 1 are fixed mecanically on the support
plate. Unscrew connectors screws in order to release the 4 power cables 2 coming from
the Power Unit and the AC/DC Unit.
2.) Remove the screw securing the ground cable on the AC/DC Unit. Disconnect the cable 3
linking the AC/DC Unit and the Power Unit 4 .
3.) Remove the four screws 5 on the support plate in order to release the Power Unit. This one
is then free.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Remove the Inverter Mid Power Assembly
1.) Remove the 5.5 mm hex head screws which secure the two EMC cover panels 1 at each
side of the Power Unit; remove the panels.
2.) With a 10 mm socket wrench with ratchet 2 ,remove the three hex head screws securing the

GE HEALTHCARE 
cables Q100C 3 , Q100E and Q200C on the Inverter Mid Power Assembly.
7
A
6
3.) Disconnect flat ribbon cables from J1 and J3 on the Gate Command Board 4 and
disconnnect J4 at the right hand side of the board.
4.) With 10 mm wrench, disconnect the parallel Coil connection from the Current Transformer
pass through 5 and with 13 mm wrench the other connection from the Capacitor
Assembly 6 .
5.) Remove the eight 3 mm Allen screws 7 which secure the Inverter Mid Power Assembly to
the HV Tank.

GE HEALTHCARE 
6.) Remove the Inverter Mid Power Assembly 8 .
1.9.4.8 Reassembly
1.) Present the new Inverter assembly. Put back the eight 3 mm Allen screws to secure the
Inverter Mid Power assembly to the HV Tank (refer to section 1.9.4 Inverter Mid-Power
Assembly 7 ).
Tighten them firmly to torque 2 N.m (20 kg.cm).
2.) Remount all cables that were removed:
a.) Remount the three Coil cables on the Inverter IGBT's with three 5.5 mm screws.
Tighten them firmly to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).
RESPECT THE ORIENTATION OF THE CABLES TO THE IGBTS CONNECTIONS TO

AVOID CABLE CONTACT WITH TOP COVER.
b.) Reconnect the short flat cable between the HV Tank and the Gate Command board (J3),
and the inverter current feedback cable (J1) on the Gate Command board (refer to
section 1.9.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly 4 ).

c.) Reconnect the DC bus cable to J4 to the right hand side of the Gate Command board.
Top J4
+ -
d.) With the 10 mm screw and flat and lock washer, reconnect the shorter cable of the parallel
coil on the Inverter assembly onto the right hand side current transformer (Ti1/100) pass
through. A .
Tighten to 3 N.m (30 kg.cm) torque.

GE HEALTHCARE 
e.) With the 13 mm screw, with flat and lock washer, reconnect the longer cable of the coil
on the central capacitor (C3UF) of the Capacitor assembly, together with the two primary
HV Transformer flat wires (the two with a white ring). B

Tighten to 8 N.m (80 kg.cm) torque.
3.) Perform an overall inspection before proceeding. Use the following illustration to check the
connections are right.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Parallel Coil
Q100C Q200C
C C
Q100E
Inverter Assembly
E E
Coil Assembly
+ -
+ DC Ti1/40 Ti1/100 - DC
Capa Assembly
C3UF
HV Tank
4.) Remount the two EMC panels on the top of Power Unit with the 5.5 hex head screws.
Tighten all the cover screws to torque between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm)
5.) Assemble the Power Unit with the AC/DC Unit on the support plate with 5.5 mm hex head
screws. Put back in place the disconnected cables: ground, DC bus (refer to section 1.9.4
Inverter Mid-Power Assembly).
6.) Remount the Interface Unit on the support plate then the Auxiliary Unit. Follow the inverse
procedure indicated in the sections and .
7.) Remount the generator inside the table.
1.9.4.9 Verify
Run HV LOAD DIAGNOSTIC - "Inverter in Short Circuit Diagnostics" and "Inverter Gate Command
Diagnostic" are not pre-requested.
Verify correct operation on the whole application range.
1.9.5 I/F Board RAD
1.9.5.1 Supplies
None

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.9.5.2 Tools
5.5 mm nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.
1.9.5.5 Personnel
1 person.
1.9.5.6 Time
15 minutes.
1.9.5.7 Disassembly
The I/F Board Rad is situed in the Interface Unit. To reach this Unit, the Auxiliary Unit has to be
released from the generator. Follow the instructions of 1.9.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
Remove the I/F Board Rad
1 4
1.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 1 and the two cables 2 , if existing, coming from the AEC
Board.
2.) Disconnect the flat wide ribbon cable J10 coming from the KV Control Board 3 .

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.) Remove the four screws of connectors J8 and J9 4 .
4.) Remove the ten 5.5 mm screws 5 securing the Interface Board Rad; remove the board.
1.9.5.8 Reassembly
1.) Reverse the disassembly procedure to reassemble the unit. Tighten screws to torque between
1.5 and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
2.) Power the system on and verify that the system functions properly.
1.9.6 KV Board RAD
1.9.6.1 Supplies
None
1.9.6.2 Tools
The KV Control board contains a saved memory Database with essentially the following
parameters:
• Tube configuration parameters, AEC calibration parameters, and Room configuration
(workstation, AEC, screen film pairs).
• Filament aging variable
• Error Log
• Recorded parameter data
If it is possible, backup database first. Else, the diagram hereafter helps you to determine the action
to take for your situation.

GE HEALTHCARE 
First
Save Non KV Control

Configura*
tion
Calibration Volatile RAM Out of Order
Database
DB Is
Upload
Database Yes Upload No original DB No
Possible? saved?
(*)
Yes
Replace Replace Replace
KV Control KV Control KV Control
SW Download SW Yes SW
No Yes OK?
OK? Software OK?
Yes No No
Download Download
Software Software
Download Download Configura*

Database Original tion if
Database applicable
(*)
Calibrate if
applicable
Reset
Database:
* Date
* Time
* Clear Error
log
Operational
Checks
Save Non
Volatile RAM
Database
(*) or most recent END
1.9.6.5 Personnel
1 person.
1.9.6.6 Time
45 minutes.
1.9.6.7 Disassembly
The KV Control board spare is pre-loaded with NP/NP+ software. 

It will be required to download the software that is on site.
DATABASE RESTORE IS MANDATORY.

GE HEALTHCARE 

Remove the Auxiliary Unit as described in 1.9.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
Remove the Interface Unit

Remove the Interface Unit as described in 1.9.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
Remove the kV Control Board
1.) Disconnect the cables from J1, J2 and J3 on the kV Control Board 1 .
2.) Remove the seven 5.5 mm hex head screws which secure the kV Control Board; remove the
board 2 .
1.9.6.8 Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reinstall the KV Control board and the Interface Unit.
Tighten 5.5 mm screws to torque between 1.5 and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
1.9.6.9 Verify
1.) Connect the Service Laptop (refer to Software - Jedi Service Tool - Section 1.0 Jedi Service
Software User Guide).
2.) Reapply power and verify that the 8 LEDs on KV Control board are scrolling.
3.) Verify software version
- If not, download the software and proceed to Software - Jedi Service Tool - Section 2.0
Service Tool Job Cards.
4.) Calibrate:
- Perform several exposures on both focus in several workstation, with exposure time
longer than 12.5 ms.
1.9.7 EMC Board 3 Phases
1.9.7.1 Supplies
None.

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.9.7.2 Tools
THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHTS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
1.9.7.5 Personnel
1 person.
1.9.7.6 Time
45 minutes.
1.9.7.7 Disassembly
Remove the AC/DC Unit
1.) On the top of the generator, disconnect the connectors J1 and J2 1 .

2.) On the support plate, unscrew connectors screws in order to release the 2 power cables
coming from the AC/DC Unit 2 .

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.) Disconnect the ground cable 3 .
4.) Remove the four 5.5 mm screws securing the AC/DC Unit to the support plate 4 . The AC/
DC Unit is now free 5 .
Remove the EMC Board
1.) Remove ten 5.5 mm hex head screws which retain the cover. Remove that one.
2.) Remove the three nuts 1 securing the phase cables and three screws 2 retaining the EMC
board to the rectifier block.
3.) Unscrew nine 5.5 mm hex head screws 3 and remove the EMC Board 4 .
1.9.7.8 Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reinstall the EMC board.
Tighten 5.5 mm screws to torque between 1.5 and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Ensure that U1 screw is tighten to the torque between 1.5 and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm). Refer
to Disassembly 5 .
Remount the generator inside the table.
1.9.7.9 Verify
Reapply power and verify the presence of 3 phases.
Verify that the system functions correctly.

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.9.8 AC/DC 3 PH Mid Power Assembly
1.9.8.1 Supplies
None.
1.9.8.2 Tools
• 5.5 mm socket, with ratchet if possible (to remove cover and board)
• 10 mm socket with ratchet (to remove DC and rectifier cables)
• Large Philips screw driver (to remove cables from the rectifier block).
1.) Insure that the neon (orange) indicator light on the board has gone out.
2.) Be careful touching components on this board; some become very hot.
3.) To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.
1.9.8.5 Disassembly
Note: The AC/DC 3 Phases Mid Power Assembly is made up of two main elements: AC/DC Board 3
Phases and Rectifier Block 3 Phases.
Remove the AC/DC Unit
1.) On the top of the generator, disconnect the connectors J1 and J2 1 .

2.) On the support plate, unscrew connectors screws in order to release the 2 power cables

GE HEALTHCARE 
coming from the AC/DC Unit 2 .
3.) Disconnect the ground cable 3 .
4.) Remove the four 5.5 mm screws securing the AC/DC Unit to the support plate 4 . The AC/
DC Unit is now free 5 .
Remove the AC/DC Board
1.) Remove fourteen 5.5 mm hex head screws which retain the cover. Remove that one.
2.) Remove the two DC cables fastened with 10 mm nuts on the board 1 .
3.) Remove two screws retaining the AC/DC board to the rectifier block 2 .
4.) Remove seven 5.5 mm hex head screws 3 and lift out the AC/DC Board 4 .

GE HEALTHCARE 
Remove the Rectifier Block
1.) The Rectifier Block 1 appears after removing the EMC Board (refer to 1.9.7 EMC Board 3
Phases) and the AC/DC Board.
2.) With the Allen key 3 mm, unscrew the 2 screws 2 holding the rectifier to the chassis and
remove the block.
1.9.8.6 Reassembly
1.) Reverse the disassembly procedure to reinstall the AC/DC 3 PH Mid Power Assembly and the
EMC Board.
2.) Tighten the 10 mm cable retaining nuts to 3 N.m (30 kg.cm), and the 5.5 mm hex head screws
to 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Ensure cable terminals are repositioned as noticed before.
Verify that the + and - DC Bus cables are not reversed to prevent damage to the Inverter
(Refer to section Disassembly 1 .
The Rectifier Block has to be placed with the two poles in regard of the AC/DC Board
(Refer to section Disassembly 1 .
Be careful to preserve the special grease that is spread between the Rectifier Block and
the chassis. This grease, called: Conductive Surface Compound, provides both thermal
and electrical conductivity that is important in reducing failure of the rectifier.
3.) Remount the generator inside the table.
1.9.8.7 Verify
Reapply power and verify that the system functions correctly.

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.9.9 Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly
1.9.9.1 Supplies
None.
1.9.9.2 Tools
1.9.9.5 Personnel
1 person.
1.9.9.6 Time
2 hours.
1.9.9.7 Disassembly
RESPECT THE CAUTION RELATING TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE.
Remove the Auxiliary Unit and the Interface Unit

Remove these Units as described in Disassembly / Reassembly procedure for 1.9.4 Inverter Mid-
Power Assembly.
Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate

Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate as described in 1.9.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
THE POWER UNIT IS NOW FREE BUT IT WEIGHTS 30 KILOGRAMS (66 POUNDS). DO NOT
TRY TO LIFT IT WITHOUT ASSISTANCE.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Remove the Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly
1.) On the Power Unit, remove the 5.5 mm hex head screws 1 which secure the L-shaped EMC
cover panel 2 ; remove this one.
2.) With a 10 mm socket wrench with ratchet 3 , remove the three hex head screws 4 securing
the cables Q100C, Q100E and Q200C on the Inverter Mid Power Assembly.
7 7
6 6
3.) Remove the 10 mm screw 5 on the left current transformer Ti1/40 pass through, top of the
Capacitor assembly. Retain the washers and release the cable.
GE HEALTHCARE 
4.) Disconnect the two cables linking coils to capacitors at right and left 6 Use a socket wrench
to remove screws.
5.) On each side 7 , remove one 5.5 mm screw holding the coils support.
6.) Remove the Inverter Coil assembly 8 .
1.9.9.8 Reassembly
1.) Present the new Inverter Coil assembly and mount one 5.5 mm hex head screw on each side
of the frame to hold the Coil assembly (refer to 1.9.9 Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly
removed 7 .
Tighten to torque between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm)
2.) Remount all cables that were removed.
a.) Remount the three Coil cables on the Inverter Mid Power Assembly (IGBTS) with three
screws 1 . There is a locking washer between the screws and the cable.
Tighten firmly to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).
RESPECT THE ORIENTATION OF THE CABLES TO THE IGBTS CONNECTIONS TO

AVOID CABLE CONTACT WITH TOP COVER.
b.) With the 10 mm screw, with flat and lock washer, remount the remaining cable from the
right coil (of the Coil assembly) onto the upper left current transformer Ti1/40 pass
through 2 (refer to section Disassembly 5 .

GE HEALTHCARE 
Tighten firmly to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).
c.) Using a socket wrench, connect the two cables linking coils to capacitors at right and left
(refer to section Disassembly 6 .
Tighten to torque between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
3.) Refer to Disassembly / Reassembly procedure for 1.9.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
1.9.9.9 Verify
It is recommended to perform the “No load HV“ diagnostics test. “INVERTER GATE” and
“INVERTER in Short Circuit ” diagnostics are not pre-requested.
Verify correct operation on the whole application range.
1.9.10 Capacitor Inverter Assembly
1.9.10.1 Supplies
None.
1.9.10.2 Tools
• 10 mm allen wrench.
ENSURE THERE IS NO VOLTAGE ON THE DC BUS CABLE.

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.9.10.5 Personnel
1 person.
1.9.10.6 Time
3 hours.
1.9.10.7 Disassembly
RESPECT THE CAUTION RELATING TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE.
Remove the Auxiliary Unit and the Interface Unit

Remove these Units as described in 1.9.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
Remove the AC/DC Unit and the Support Plate

Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate together as described in 1.9.4 Inverter Mid-Power
Assembly.
THE POWER UNIT IS NOW FREE BUT IT WEIGHTS 30 KILOGRAMS (66 POUNDS). DO NOT
TRY TO LIFT IT WITHOUT ASSISTANCE.
Remove the Capacitor Inverter Assembly
1
2
1.) On the Power Unit, remove the 5.5 mm hex head screws 1 which secure the L-shaped EMC

GE HEALTHCARE 
cover panel 2 ; ; remove this one.
2.) Remove the cable from connector J1 3 on the Gate Command Board.
3.) Disconnect the Filament cable J3 4 from the HV Tank.
6 5 6
8 8
4.) Remove the 10 mm 5 and 13 mm screws 6 on the top side , and the 13 mm screws 7 on
the lower side of the Capacitor assembly. Release the cables.
5.) Remove the four left and right 5.5 mm screws 8 holding the Capacitor assembly.

GE HEALTHCARE 
6.) Remove the Capacitor Inverter Assembly 9 .
1.9.10.8 Reassembly
1.) Present the new capacitor assembly.
2.) Mount two 5.5 mm hex head screws to hold the Capacitor assembly (refer to section
Disassembly 8 ) ).
3.) Reconnect the cable J1 on the Gate Command Board (refer to section Disassembly 3 ).
4.) Attach the shorter cable (parallel coil) on the upper right current transformer (Ti1/100)
pass through with a 10 mm screw 1 and its washers (refer to section Disassembly 5 .
Tighten to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).
5.) Remount the DC+ cable and the corresponding serial coil cable together on the upper left
side of the capacitor assembly with a 13 mm screw and its washers (refer to section
Disassembly 6 . Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).
6.) Remount the DC- cable and the corresponding serial coil cable together on the upper
right side of the capacitor assembly with a 13 mm screw and its washers (refer to section
Disassembly 6 . Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).
7.) Remount the remaining serial coil cable to the upper left current transformer (Ti1/40) pass
through with a 10 mm screw 1 and its washers (refer to section Disassembly 5 . Tighten
to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).
8.) Run the ”INVERTER IN SHORT CIRCUIT” diagnostic:

GE HEALTHCARE 
HV TANK PRIMARY CABLES ARE DISCONNECTED AND ISOLATED.

Note: Connect the short circuit cable (included in the first aid kit) between the left capacitor and the
central capacitor (see picture in ”Inverter In Short Circuit diagnostics”).
a.) Tighten one extremity of the short circuit on the left capacitor with a 13 mm screw and
its washers. Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).
b.) Mount the longer wire (Parallel Coil) and the other extremity of the short circuit on the
central capacitor (C3UF) with a 13 mm screw and its washers. Tighten to torque 8 N.m
(80 kg.cm),
Use the illustration below to check the connections are right:
Parallel Coil
Q100C Q200C
C C
Q100E
E Inverter Assembly
E
Coil Assembly
+ -
+ DC Ti1/40 Ti1/100 - DC
Capa Assembly
SHORT CIRCUIT C3UF
c.) Reassemble the Power Unit with AC/DC Unit, Interface Unit and Auxiliary Unit (refer to
1.9.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly).
d.) Run “inverter short circuit diagnostics”.
9.) After ”INVERTER SHORT CIRCUIT” diagnostics, disassemble the Auxiliary Unit and the
Interface Unit (see section Disassembly). Remove the short circuit cable.
10.) On the central capacitor (C3UF), attach together the two flat wires of the primary coils of the
HV transformer that have a white ring 2 and the longer wire of Parallel Coil with a 13 mm

GE HEALTHCARE 
screw and its washers. Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).
3 3
11.) Mount the two remaining flat cables 3 from the HV Tank with 13 mm screws and their
washers underneath the capacitor assembly, one on the left side, one on the right side.
12.) Reconnect the Filament cable J3 on the HV Tank (refer to section Disassembly 4 .
13.) Mount the two last remaining 5.5 mm hex head screws on the left and right side of the frame
(refer to section Disassembly).
Tighten to torque 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
14.) Reassemble the Power Unit. Mount it with the AC/DC Unit, the Interface Unit and the Auxiliary
Unit on the support plate (Refer to 1.9.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly).
1.9.10.9 Verify
It is recommended to perform the “No load HV“ diagnostics test. Verify correct operation on the
whole application range.
1.9.11 LV Power Supply 3 Phase Board
1.9.11.1 Supplies
None.
1.9.11.2 Tools
5.5 mm hex nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.
1.) Insure that the Neon N1 (orange) indicator light on the LVPS Board has gone out.
2.) Be careful touching components on the LVPS Board. Some become very hot.

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.9.11.5 Personnel
1 person.
1.9.11.6 Time
15 minutes.
1.) Disconnect the connectors J2 and J3 and the ground cable on the top of the generator 1 .
2.) Remove four 5.5 mm hex head securing screws 2 olding the Auxiliary Unit 4 on the support
plate 5 .
3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 3 without tearing, between the Auxiliary Unit 4 and the
Interface Unit 6 .

GE HEALTHCARE 
Remove the LV Power Supply Board
1.) The Auxiliary Unit being free, unscrew ten 5.5 hex head screws and remove its cover.
2.) Disconnect the 3 cables 1 , 2 , 3 from the LV Power Supply 3 Phases board 4 .
3.) Unscrew the six 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove the LV Power Supply 3 Phase Board
4 .
1.9.11.8 Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedures to reinstall the LV Power Supply 3 Phases Board.
Verify that the following cables are not reversed before power ON (refer to section Remove
the LV Power Supply Board:
1.) Cables CF2 (+DC BUS) and CF1 (- DC BUS) 2 .
2.) Cables CF4 (160 V) and CF3 (0 V) 3 .

Tighten the 5.5 mm hex head screws to 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Remount the cover. Tighten the 5.5 mm hex head screws to 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Remount the auxiliary unit on the generator support plate.
1.9.11.9 Verify

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.9.12 Filament Board 1 INV
1.9.12.1 Supplies
None.
1.9.12.2 Tools
1.) Insure that the Neon DS3 (green) indicator light on the Filament Board has gone out.
2.) Be careful touching components on the Filament Board . Some become very hot.
1.9.12.5 Personnel
1 person.
1.9.12.6 Time
15 minutes.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.) Remove four 5.5 mm hex head securing screws 2 holding the Auxiliary Unit 4 on the
support plate 5 .
3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 3 , without tearing, between the Auxiliary Unit 4 and the
Interface Unit 6 .

GE HEALTHCARE 
Remove the Filament Board
1.) The Auxiliary Unit being free, unscrew ten 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove its cover.
2.) Disconnect the ribbon cable 1 between the Filament Board 4 and the LVPS Board 5
. Disconnect 2 and the connector J2 3 .
3.) Unscrew the six 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove the Filament Board 1 INV 4 .
1.9.12.8 Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedures to reinstall the Filament Board 1 INV.
Verify that cables CF4 (160 V) and CF3 (0 V) 2 are not reversed before power ON (refer to
section Remove the Filament Board).
1.9.12.9 Verify
Run Heater Function Diagnostics.

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.9.13 Rotor Board High Speed
1.9.13.1 Supplies
None.
1.9.13.2 Tools
1.) Insure that the Neon DS7 (orange) indicator light on the Rotor Board has gone out.
2.) Be careful touching components on the Rotor Board. Some become very hot.
1.9.13.5 Personnel
1 person.
1.9.13.6 Time
15 minutes.

GE HEALTHCARE 
support plate 5 .
Interface Unit 6 .

GE HEALTHCARE 
Remove the Rotor Board
1.) The Auxiliary Unit being free, unscrew ten 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove its cover.
2.) Disconnect the ribbon cable 1 between the Rotor Board High Speed 4 and the LVPS
Board 5 Disconnect cables CF1 and CF2 2 .
3.) Unscrew two 5.5 mm hex head screws that are in holes 3 below the surface of the board
and that secure an IGBT.
4.) Unscrew the eight 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove the Rotor Board High Speed 4 .
Be careful to preserve the special grease that is spread between the IGBT and a heat sink
under the Rotation Board. This grease, called "Conductive Surface Compound", provides
both thermal and electrical conductivity that are important in reducing failure of the IGBT.
1.9.13.8 Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reinstall the Rotor Board High Speed.
Ensure that cables are correctly connected. Ensure that marks on the cables match the
marks on the board.
1.9.13.9 Verify
Run Heater Function Diagnostics.

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.9.14 AEC Board
1.9.14.1 Supplies
None.
1.9.14.2 Tools
1.9.14.5 Personnel
1 person.
1.9.14.6 Time
10 minutes.

GE HEALTHCARE 
support plate 5 .
Interface Unit 6 .
Remove the AEC Board
1.) After removing the Auxiliary Unit, the Interface Unit appears. Release the flat ribbon cable

GE HEALTHCARE 
1 , making it sliding along the cover panel 2 of the Interface Unit.
2.) Unscrew twelve 5.5 mm screws that retain the cover panel and remove this one 2 .
4 6
8
3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable from J5 3 between the I/F Board RAD 7 and the AEC
Board 8 .
4.) Disconnect the connectors J2 4 and J1 5 and Test Points TP1 and TP2 6 on the AEC
Board.
5.) Remove the six 5.5 mm screws securing the AEC Board 8 .
1.9.14.8 Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reassemble the unit. Tighten screws to torque between 1.5
and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
1.9.14.9 Verify
Reapply power. Proceed to ”AEC diagnostics” to ensure correct operation.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 2.0 Part Replacement

Note: Some renewal part need to conduct calibration through console LCD service menu after
replacement. Especially for pot and electric board. The menu login passward is 100176.
2.1 Detector replacement

1.) Removal
1.) System Power Off
> Shut down the system.
> Switch off the PDU and conduct LOTO.
> Position the detector component to an appropriate position convenient for
uninstalling the left part of detector housing(5461879) and detector.
2.) Uninstall the detector
> Insert the pin hydrant through the column and install the fixed plate for safety
concern. For Brivo XR575P, the column cover need to be removed firstly.
fixed plate Pin hydrant
> Uninstall the back cover of the detector housing and relax the four clips.
> Uninstall the left part of detector housing, and disconnect the E-stop cable.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 13-5 Uninstall the left part of the detector housing
> Disconnect the cables connected with detector(5428934, 5428629, 5428859)

> Remove the block on the slide
> Now you can remove the old detector.
2.) Reinstall the new detector.
1.) Reinstall the new detector according to the Chapter 5 - System Hardware Installation
-Section 2.0 Detector Housing Component
2.) Install the left part of the detector housing and connect the E-stop cable.
3.) Remove LOTO and energize the system.
4.) Clean the site.
2.2 Grid-in Switch in Detector Housing

1.) Removal
> Position the detector component to an appropriate position convenient for
uninstalling patient barrier(5447916) on detector housing.
2.) Uninstall the Grid-in Switch
> Remove the patient barrier on detector housing.

GE HEALTHCARE 
> Put out the receptable plug from the Grid-in switch.
> Remove the Grid-in switch on detector housing.
2.) Reinstall the new Grid-in switch.
1.) Reinstall the new Grid-in switch to the detector housing.
2.) Connect the receptable plug to the Grid-in switch.
3.) Put back the patient barrier to the detector housing.
5.) Clean the site.
2.3 Grid Detent Replacement

1.) Removal
> Position the detector housing to an appropriate position
2.) Uninstall the Grid detent.
> Remove the plate with handle on the housing
> Remove the top plate on the housing
> Disclose the grid detent and screw off it from the housing

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.) Reinstall the new grid detent.

1.) Reinstall the new grid detent to the detector housing.
2.) Put back the plates to the detector housing.
4.) Clean the site.
2.4 X-Ray Tube/Collimator replacement

1.) Removal
> Position the tube to an appropriate position convenient for uninstalling the tube
and collimator
2.) Uninstall the tube
> Uninstall all the tube cover.
> Remove the tube cover on anode side and disconnected the anode rotation cable
(5428666)
> Disconnect the HV cables.
> Rotate the tube 180 degrees.
> Loosen the two collimator stop plates and remove the collimator.Refer to Chapter
5 - System Hardware Installation-Section 3.0 X-ray Tube and Collimator-3.2
Installation
> Now you can remove the old tube.
2.) Reinstall the new tube and collimator

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.) Reinstall the new tube and collimator according to the Chapter 5 - System Hardware
Installation-Section 3.0 X-ray Tube and Collimator
2.) Install the tube cover.
4.) Clean the site.
2.5 Relay on Topbox Replacement

1.) Removal
1.) Shut down the system.
2.) Switch off the PDU and conduct LOTO.
3.) Remove the topbox front cover
4.) Draw out the Relay from the box
2.) Reinstall
1.) Insert the new relay
2.) Install back the front cover
4.) Clean the site.
2.6 Detector Power Supply Replacement

1.) Removal
3.) Seperate the single topbox from the top plate.
4.) Screw off the cables connected in the power supply.
5.) screw off the supply from the box.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.) Reinstall
1.) Install the new power supply
2.) Install back the topbox
4.) Clean the site.
2.7 150w Power Supply

1.) Removal
4.) Screw off the cables connected in the power supply.
5.) screw off the supply from the box.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.) Reinstall
1.) Install the new power supply
4.) Clean the site.
2.8 Configured Servo

1.) Removal
4.) move out the cables connected in the Servo.
5.) screw off the servo from the box.
2.) Reinstall
1.) Install the new servo supply

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.) Clean the site.
2.9 Motor Component on Column Replacement

1.) Removal
3.) Uninstall the potentiometer in the component.
4.) Screw off all the nuts and bolt to take the component out.
2.) Reinstall
1.) Put new motor component on the top column
2.) Install back all the screws and bolts
3.) Install back the potentiometer
5.) Clean the site.
2.10 Console LCD on Tube Support Replacement

1.) Removal
3.) Remove the tube cover
4.) Screw off the LCD cover
5.) Draw off the connected cable
6.) Screw off the circuit board from the cover.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.) Reinstall
1.) Install the new circuit board
2.) Install back all the covers
4.) Clean the site.
2.11 Angle LCD Replacement

1.) Removal
3.) Remove the Angle cover
4.) Draw off the connected cable
5.) Screw off the circuit board from the cover.

2.) Reinstall
1.) Install the new LCD
2.) Install back the cover
4.) Clean the site.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.12 Spine PCB board Replacement(5430961)
1.) Removal
1.) move the detector housing to the end of the Arm.
4.) Remove the back cover of the Arm in detector housing side.
5.) Screw off the spine board.
2.) Reinstall
1.) Install the new board
2.) Install back the cover
4.) Clean the site.
2.13 Spring on Tube Support Replacement

1.) Removal
3.) Insert the pin hydrant though the column and install the fixed plate for safety concern. For
Brivo XR575P, the column cover need to be removed firstly.

GE HEALTHCARE 
fixed plate Pin hydrant
4.) Tied up a cable tie around the spring
5.) Draw off the spring by pliers

2.) Reinstall
1.) Install the new spring
3.) Hold the cable tie by plier and draw the spring to the handle under the same way.
5.) Clean the site.
2.14 PDU Unit Replacement

1.) Removal
3.) Uninstall the PDU
> Demount PDU cover.
> Disconnect the cables connected on the PDU IF board and remove the IF board.
> Disconnect the system power cable and groud cable.
> Disconnect the Door Light connection beween PDU and Jedi.

GE HEALTHCARE 
> Disconnect Door interlock Cable between PDU and IF board.
> Remove old PDU from the tray by remove the fix screws.
2.) Install
1.) PDU Install
> Demount PDU cover.
> Install the PDU IF board on the new PDU.
> Connect the cables to the IF board according to Chapter 5 - System
Hardware Installation-Section 5.0 Cabinet Electrical Connections
> Connect and route System Power Cable according to Chapter 5 - System
> Connect and route the Door Light connection at PDU according to Chapter 5 -
System Hardware Installation-Section 5.0 Cabinet Electrical Connections
> Connect and route Door interlock Cables according to Chapter 5 - System
> Install the PDU cover.
2.15 Collimator Lamp (5136302) Replacement

1.) Power off.
2.) Loose the fix knob, and rotate the collimator to the location which is convenient for operation
3.) Demount the back cover with screws.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 13-6 Collimator Lamp Uninstallation
4.) Replace the collimator lamp.

5.) Remount back cover, rotate collimator back, and tighten the fix knob.
Note: The collimator uses a special Collimator lamp.When the collimator lamp burns out it MUST be
replaced with the replacement lamp listed in the renewal parts section. Part number 5136302 MUST
be used as a replacement lamp. DO NOT use any other lamp as a replacement bulb as X-ray field
to Light field alignment may not meet HHS requirements.
2.16 Spring of U-Arm Rotation Detent Replacement

1.) Removal
2.) Switch off the PDU and Conduct LOTO.
3.) Uninstall the left part of the back cover of the U-Arm
4.) Uninstall the cover of the Rotation gear

6.) Draw off the spring by pliers
2.) Reinstall
1.) Install the new spring

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.) Draw the cable tie to install the spring on the detent.
5.) Clean the site.
2.17 SID Brake Replacement(5447915/5491345)

1.) Removal
3.) Remove off the back cover of U-Arm on the housing side.
4.) Screw off all nuts and the bolt and take out the brake
2.) Reinstall
1.) Install the new brake
2.) Install all the covers.
4.) Clean the site.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.18 Brake on Column Top Replacement (5453213)
1.) Removal
3.) Remove off the top cover of U-Arm on the housing side.
4.) Screw off all nuts and the bolt and take out the brake
2.) Reinstall
4.) Clean the site.
2.19 Brake in Angle Meter Replacement (5452377)

1.) Removal
3.) Remove the angle meter cover and appear the brake.
4.) Screw off the cables cover on the back of U-Arm

GE HEALTHCARE 
5.) Uninstall the the cover of the Rotation gear.

6.) Screw off the cover of back of the brake.
7.) Disconnect the cable.

8.) Screw off the plate to relax the brake.
9.) Relax the screw and take out the brake from the front side.
2.) Reinstall
4.) Clean the site.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.20 Steel Rope, safelock and spring Replacement
1.) Removal
3.) Discover the top cover of the column.
4.) Remove the two covers on the back of the column.
5.) Remove the cover on the slide.
6.) Put a block inside the bottom of the column to relax the rope afterwards.

GE HEALTHCARE 
7.) Screw off the tools belt from the slide.
8.) Use the service tool to move the slide up to the top of the solumn.Please leave
little distance from the top position as illustrated.
9.) Remove the counterweight from the column.

GE HEALTHCARE 
10.) Remove off the steel rope.
11.) Remove off the safelock or spring on the safelock.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.) Reinstall
1.) Reinstall the spring, steel rope and safelock.
2.) when install the safelock, you need to use a tool to remove the safelock off
from the rack inside the slide.
2.21 DAP meter replacement

1.) Remove off the old DAP meter from the collimator and install the new one on it.
2.) Connect the DAP meter power cable to DC24V power in the topbox.

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
DIRECTION 5429575-CA-1EN, REVISION 7 IHE
Chapter 14 Integrating the Healthcare

Enterprise (IHE) Integration Statement
Section 1.0 - Introduction

1.1 Overview
This IHE Integration Statement describes the intended conformance of this GE

product with the IHE Technical Framework. The IHE Technical Framework
defines a subset of the functional components of the healthcare enterprise, called
IHE Actors, and specifies their interactions in terms of a set of coordinated,
standards-based transactions. These transactions are organized into functional
units called Integration Profiles that highlight their capacity to address specific
clinical needs.
Users familiar with these concepts can use Integration Statements as an aid to
determine what level of integration this product supports with other systems and
what clinical and operational benefits such integration might provide.
Other GE Integration Statements as well as further information on IHE may be

found on Internet at: ge.com/ihe
1.2 Important Remarks
The use of these IHE Integration Statements, by itself, it is not sufficient to ensure
that interoperation will be successful. The user needs to proceed with caution and
ensure that a qualified systems' integration (such as that provided by GE's IT
Professional Services) address at least four issues:
• Integration - The integration of any system into an integrated department or
enterprise requires an analysis of the applications requirements. The design of a
solution that integrates GE systems with non-GE systems is the user's
responsibility and should not be underestimated. Special care should be
exercised in defining the expected workflow, the special conditions, and the
clinical practice to be supported to ensure a safe and effective operation.
• Validation - Testing the complete range of possible interactions between any
GE system and non-GE system, before the integration is declared operational,
should not be overlooked. Therefore, the user should ensure that any non-GE
provider accepts full responsibility for all validation required for their connection
with GE systems. This includes the accuracy of the data once it has crossed the
interface and the stability of the data for the intended applications. Such a
Chapter 14 - Integrating the Healthcare Enterprise (IHE) Integration Statement Page 303
GE HEALTHCARE 
DIRECTION 5429575-CA-1EN, REVISION 7 IHE
validation is required before any clinical use (diagnosis and/or treatment) is
performed.
• Future Evolution - GE understands that the IHE Technical Framework and the
underlying communication standards will evolve to meet the user's growing
requirements. GE is actively involved in the development of the IHE Technical
Framework and the underlying standards.Such evolutions may require changes to
already installed systems. In addition, GE reserves the right to discontinue or
make changes to product features including those reflected by this IHE Integration
Statement. The user should ensure that any non-GE system that connects with
GE systems also plans for the future evolution of IHE. Failure to do so will likely
result in the loss of function and/or connectivity as the IHE Integration profiles
evolve and GE Products are enhanced to support these changes.
Section 2.0 - IHE Integration Statement
General Electric -IHE Integration Statement Date: NOV 04 2012
Vendor Product Name Version
Galaxy
GE Healthcare All
Brivo XR575
This product implements all transactions required in the IHE Technical Framework to support the IHE
Integration Profiles, Actors and Options listed below:
Actors Implemented Options Implemented
Integration Profiles Implemented
Scheduled Workflow Acquisition Modality

Broad Worklist Query Patient
Based Worklist Query
Patient Information Acquisition Modality None

Reconciliation
Internet address for GE Healthcare IHE information:ge.com/ihe
Links to Standards Conformance Statements for the Implementation
HL7 Not Applicable
DICOM ge.com/dicom
Links to general information on IHE
In North America: In Europe: In Japan:

www.rsna.org/ihe www.ihe-europe.org www.jira-net.or.jp/ihe-j
www.himss.org/ihe
Page 304 Section 1.0 - - Introduction

GE HEALTHCARE 
DIRECTION 5429575-CA-1EN, REVISION 7 DIAGNOSTICS
Chapter 15 Diagnostic and Troubleshooting
Section 1.0 Troubleshooting

1.1 Using the Enhanced Error Messages
Enhanced error messages are available to GEHC personnel, when the GEHC restricted service key
is installed. The enhanced error messages contain additional information not found in the system
error log during normal system operation or available to the normal user. These enhanced error
messages contain additional information that aid in fault isolation and choosing the proper
corrective action.
With the service key installed, error messages in the system error log area automatically linked to
the enhanced messages. The complete set of enhanced error messages is contained in a single
HTML file located on the same CD-ROM as the service key. When the CD is installed, you'll notice
that error numbers in the system log are underlined to indicate a hyper-link to the enhanced
message. You use the mouse to clink on the links.
To utilize the enhanced error messages:

1.) Close the SUIF, if it’s open. Applications can only mount the CD-ROM path in Linux, when the
SUIF is closed.
2.) Install the service key CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive and close the drive.
3.) Launch the SUIF.
4.) Using the mouse, click on the Error Log Tab
5.) Using the mouse, left click on an error number of interest to you. This will launch a browser
and allow you to see the enhanced error message.
6.) To exit, click on the SUIF <close >button and remove the service key CD-ROM.
1.2 Workstation
1.2.1 Bar Code Reader

The Bar code reader automatically performs self-tests whenever initially turned on. If it’s not
functioning properly, review the following sections to try to isolate the problem or replace the reader.
The barcode reader is not user serviceable (except for cleaning) and must be replaced as a whole
unit (FRU).
If you aren’t sure what programming options have been set, or if you want the factory default
settings restored, scan the “Factory Default Settings”.
1.2.1.1 Is the power on? Is the red illumination beam on?

If the red illumination beam isn’t illuminated, check that:
1.) The cable is connected properly.
2.) The host system power is on (if external power isn’t used).
3.) The trigger works.
Chapter 15 - Diagnostic and Troubleshooting Page 305

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.2.1.2 Is the scanner having trouble reading your symbols?

If the scanner isn’t reading symbols well, check that the symbols:
1.) Aren’t smeared, rough, scratched, or exhibiting voids.
2.) Aren’t coated with frost or water droplets on the surface.
3.) Are enabled in the scanner or in the decoder to which the scanner connects.
1.2.1.3 Is the bar code displayed but not entered?

The bar code is displayed correctly, but you still have to press a key to enter it (the <Enter>/
<Return> key or the <Tab> key, for example). You need to program a suffix. See the reader’s user
guide on setting up suffixes.
1.2.1.4 The scanner won’t read your bar code at all.

1.) Scan sample bar codes in the user guide. If the scanner reads the sample bar codes, check
that “your “bar code is readable.
2.) If the scanner still can’t read the sample bar codes, scan “All Symbologies”.
1.2.2 Console
When power is first applied to the console, firmware inside the unit turns ON all of the LEDs for 2
seconds and then turns them OFF (LED ON sequence). If the LEDs don’t turn ON and OFF after
power-up, the console needs to be replaced.
1.2.3 LCD Monitor
1.2.3.1 No Picture
• The signal cable should be completely connected to the display card/computer.
• The display card should be completely seated in its slot.
• Check the Vacation Switch should be in the ON position.
• Front Power Switch and computer power switch should be in the ON position.
• Check to make sure that a supported mode has been selected on the display card or system
being used.
• Check the monitor and your display card with respect to compatibility and recommended
settings.
• Check the signal cable connector for bent or pushed-in pins.
• Check the signal input, “INPUT 1” or “INPUT 2”.
1.2.3.2 Power Button Does Not Respond

• Unplug the power cord of the monitor from the AC outlet to turn off and reset the monitor, or
simultaneously press the RESET and Power buttons.
• Check the Vacation Switch on the left side of the monitor.
1.2.3.3 Image persistence

Image persistence is when a “ghost” of an image remains on the screen even after the monitor has
been turned off. Unlike CRT monitors, LCD monitors’ image persistence is not permanent. To
alleviate image persistence, turn the monitor off for as long as an image was displayed. If an image
was on the monitor for one hour and “ghost” of that image remains, the monitor should be turned
off for one hour to erase the image.
Page 306 -
GE HEALTHCARE 
1.2.3.4 Message “OUT OF RANGE” is displayed

Message “OUT OF RANGE” is displayed (screen is either blank or shows rough images only)
• Image is displayed only roughly (pixels are missing) and OSM? warning “OUT OF RANGE” is
displayed: Either signal clock or resolution is too high. Choose one of the supported modes.
• OSM warning “OUT OF RANGE” is displayed on a blank screen: Signal frequency is out of
range. Choose one of the supported modes.
1.2.3.5 Image is unstable, unfocused or swimming is apparent

• Signal cable should be completely attached to the computer.
• Use the OSM () Image Adjust controls to focus and adjust display by increasing or decreasing
the fine total. When the display mode is changed, the OSM Image Adjust settings may need
to be readjusted.
• Check the monitor and your display card with respect to compatibility and recommended signal
timings.
• If your text is garbled, change the video mode to non-interlace and use 60Hz refresh rate.
1.2.3.6 LED on monitor is not lit (no green or amber color can be seen)
Power Switch should be in the ON position and power cord should be connected.
1.2.3.7 Display image is not sized properly

• Use the OSM Image Adjust controls to increase or decrease the Coarse total.
• Check to make sure that a supported mode has been selected on the display card or system
being used.
1.2.3.8 No Video
• If no video is present on the screen, turn the Power button off and on again.
• Make certain the computer is not in a power-saving mode (touch the keyboard or mouse).
1.2.3.9 On-Screen Manager

OSM Trademarks apply to appropriate countries. (On-Screen Manager) control buttons on the front
are used to basic monitor functions. They function as follows:
• To access OSM menu, press any of the control buttons (<,>, –, +).
• To change signal input, press the <SELECT> button. OSM must be closed in order to change
signal input.
1.3 Soft Reset of Software on PC

Problem: System software has hung on the PC.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Solution/Work-Around: There is a hot-key that will allow you to do a soft reset of the PC Software.
After software reset, exposures can be taken.
The procedure for doing a soft reset follows:
1.) Press <Ctrl>+ <Esc>.
Note: Only a hard reset will properly reset the entire system.
2.) When the GUI below appears, select [OK].
3.) The Software will shutdown and restart at the HIPPA Login screen, in about 60 seconds.
1.4 Engineering Toolkit

Problem: There are no software tools available if the PC hangs.
Solution/Workaround: There is a hot-key that will allow you to open an engineering user interface
to help diagnose an issue.
Here is the procedure to access this engineering GUI:
1.) Press <Ctrl>+<Shift>+ <F5>.
2.) The following GUI will popup on the screen your mouse cursor is currently on (Left or Right):
3.) Choose one of the following actions:
Page 308 -
GE HEALTHCARE 
1.5 QAP Results and Images

The QAP results files and images can be found in the following location:
/export/home/insite/server/htdocs/suif/iq/en/iqst/<Receptor Type> where, Receptor Type = Table

or WS
The following is an example of an InSite session:
relay:relay 192.227.61.116 23
Raptor Firewall Secure Gateway.
GEHC/CTT Linux 4.3.8
Kernel 2.6.7-2.2smp on an i686
login: insite
Password:
Last login: Tue Mar 1 09:53:58 from 150.2.12.163
Welcome InSite
[insite@magic ~]$ su - xruser
Password: (Consult your Administrator for Password information)
[xruser@magic xruser]$ cd /export/home/insite/server/htdocs/suif/iq
[xruser@magic iq]$ pwd
/export/home/insite/server/htdocs/suif/iq
[xruser@magic iq]$ cd en
[xruser@magic en]$ cd iqst
[xruser@magic iqst]$ ls
Table WS
[xruser@magic iqst]$ cd Table

GE HEALTHCARE 
[xruser@magic Table]$ ls
200502280838P_Details.txt
200502280838P_iqst_Bad_Pixel.jpg
200502280838P_iqst_Conversion_Factor.jpg
200502280838P_iqst_Global_BNU.jpg
200502280838P_iqst_Local_BNU.jpg
200502280838P_iqst_Noise_Power_Spectrum.jpg
200502280838P_iqst_Physical_Test.jpg
200502280838P_iqst_Relative_DQE.jpg
200502280838P_iqst_SNR_Non_Unif.jpg
200502280838P_iqst_System_MTF.jpg
200502280838P_IQST.txt
200502280838P_QAP.txt
Image200502280838Pcomposite.img
Image200502280838Pflatfield1.img
Image200502280838Pflatfield2.img
Imagetimestamp
timestamp
Each time the QAP is run, 15 files are created. Three text result files (details.txt, IQST.txt, and
QAP.txt), nine graphical result jpg file types, and three image files (two flat field and one composite).
The only image files retained are for the last two QAP runs.
In addition, there are two time stamp files “timestamp” which documents when the QAP tests ran,
and “Imagetimestamp”, which documents when the last two sets of QAP images were created).
Page 310 -
GE HEALTHCARE 
1.6 Software Toubleshooting
1. How to find the boot failures?

System boot has failed, i.e. UI did not come up or buttons are disabled after boot.
Following are the steps.
S olutions:
Open /magichome/xruser/log/sysError.log
Go to the end of log file. [if you are using vi editor, press shift + g]
Look for the last 3400005 error code “The system is booting”
Look through all the errors till end. Especially look for “Timed out”
Take snapshot and sent to IB.
Sample:
5000011 – “System Boot Failed: Timed Out waiting for boot to
complete, the system has to be Reset” "ActorsNot ready : XRBeamForm “
As indicated by error log, XRBeamForm actor is not ready.
2. How to find the appsetup failures?

System appsetup failed and system displayed a message “Protocol not available”.
Following is the method.
S olution:
Look for the last error.
Sample 1:
617,2008-03-27,01:53:15:015,"VEN",400011, Time out.,2222,WR,DEFAULT,
SysCntrl, control, Software problem,1,1,1, Time out while in
CHANGE_ACTIVE waiting for XRSysProxy ,XRAppDirSM.cpp,907
This indicates that SysProxy actor has failed the appsetup at
CHANGE_ACTIVE_OPMODE phase.
Sample 2:
147,2008-03-02,05:09:46:298,"VEN",400011, Time out.,2222,WR,DEFAULT,
SysCntrl, control, Software problem,1,1,1, Time out while in
OPMODE_CONFIG waiting for XRTechMgr ,XRAppDirSM.cpp,907
This indicates that TechMgr actor has failed the appsetup at
OPMODE_CONFIGURE phase.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3. What to do if System crash popup?

System displayed a popup saying “System Crashed”. Following is the method.
S tep 1: You need to find out when exactly system crash has happened and who
crashed.
Look for the last error to find which actor crashed
Sample:
5000051 480,2008-03-23,05:01:17:804,"VEN",5000051, AFRF has detected
fault in the system,2222,DO,DEFAULT, SysCntrl, SysCntrl,
Software_Problem,2,1,1, Component XRImDet has been classified as Severity
2. Restarting the component with notification to Fault Notification
Consumers.,../subsysmgr/subsysmgr/FaultRecovery.cpp,433
This indicates that XRImDet actor has crashed.
Step 2: Find the corresponding core file generated for the crashed actor.
cd /magichome/xruser/bin/
su root [passwd is #superxr]
ls –lrt core.*
file core.xxxx
Step 3: take and send snapshot and this core file to IB.
4. How to find the exposure failures?

System exposure failed and system displayed a message or did not give a digital
image. Following is the method.
Go to the end of log file. [if you are using vi editor, press shift + g] Or match
the time stamp find out the right time error has happened in the log.
Look for the last error 200013
S ample 1:
582,2008-03-26,07:22:20:252,"VEN",200013, Time out while waiting for an
event or an actor to respond.,2222,WR,DEFAULT, SysCntrl, control,
Software Problem RAD,1,1,1, Time out while in EXECUTE_START_SEQ waiting
for XRTechOpt XRTechMgr with opmode
DigitalLFOVStandardAOP,XRAcqSyncSM.cpp,1180
This indicates that TechOpt and TechMgr actor has failed the exposure at
START_SEQUENCE phase.
Sample 2:
Similar error can occur in the START_PREPARE phase also.
52,2008-02-27,08:39:17:225,"VEN",200013, Time out while waiting for an
event or an actor to respond.,2222,WR,DEFAULT, SysCntrl, control,
Software Problem RAD,1,1,1, Time out while in START_PREP waiting for
XRImDet with opmode DigitalLFOVStandardAOP,XRAcqSyncSM.cpp,1180
6/
GE Title or job number /
9/11/2017
Page 312 -
GE HEALTHCARE 
5. How to use system error logs?

For any issues, first place to look is /magichome/xruser/log/sysError.log.
This can give right pointers to following issues.
Boot failures
Appsetup failures
Exposure failures.
Any other system failures such as crash, etc.
S ample 1:
This also find out partial failures in the system. Eg:
624,2008-03-27,02:09:27:352,"VEN",3600105, Config Cache error,2222,DO,DEFAULT,
SysCntrl, control, Check config cache value,1,1,1, Could not get VASite value.
Assuming NO,XRTechMgr.cpp,757
The above error indicates the error in accessing a config value by techmgr actor.
Note that 36 (starting number of error code)) is the actor id of the techmgr actor.
Sample 2:
593,2008-03-26,07:28:19:299,"VEN",1600140, Aborting Image Processing for the
specified frame ,2222,DO,DEFAULT, XRImProc, Constructor, 1. Retry the
operation 2. Reset the operation and try again. 3. Call service if problem
persists.,1,0,1, Aborting Sequence : 1,XRImProc.cpp,4002
Here 16( starting number of the error code) is actor Id of the ImProc. This indicates
ImProc is responsible for this error.
7/
9/11/2017
6. How to create a RDA report?

RDA: Reliability Data Analyzer
1) Telnet to the Magic PC with the xruser and then switch to root
2) cd /magichome/xruser/machineDB/scripts/
./genReliReport.sh
Choose an option to generate RDA report
1. Current Session (Enter 1)
2. Specify Start and End Time (Enter 2)
3. Last 24 Hrs (Enter 10)
4. Last 1 Hrs (Enter 11)
Enter Your Choice:
3) The RDA reports are stored at /enggdata/Reports/ with the HTML format. A
sample file name is looks like:
PrintableReport_10_TestSystem_200704112326_1176305211.html
The choice YYYYMMDDHHMM Seconds

entered is 10
4) Ftp this file to RDA server or your local labtop for further analys.

GE HEALTHCARE 
7. How to start Engineering Tool Box?

1 PDNHVXUH0DJLFZRUNVWDWLRQLVRQWKHDSSOLFDWLRQ8,LIQRW
,ILWLV=SUHVVಯ&WUO$OW)”WRVZLWFKWRDSSOLFDWLRQ8,,ILWLV=SUHVV
&WUO$OW)WRVZLFKWRDSSOLFDWLRQ8,$QGWKHQpress “Ctrl + Shift + F5”
There are 6 buttons in the Engineering Tool Box:
o recording tool
o X-terminal
o DICOM header tool for a selected image
o A system snapshot tool
o A burn the snapshot to cd tool
o A softreset (restart browser) tool
o And an exit button
9/
12/31/2012
8. How to take a snapshot?

¾Two methods could be employed to take a snapshot:
1). PUHVVWKHWKLUGLFRQRIFDPHUD Engineering Tool Box, LQWKHSRSXSWH[WOLQH
LQSXWWKHQDPHRIWKLVVQDSVKRWLWLVEHWWHUWRPDNHWKHQDPHZHOOXQGHUVWRRGIRU
WKHLVVXHWKHQSUHVV“2.”ZDLWLQJIRUWKHVQDSVKRWILQLVKEHLQJFUHDWHG
2). &RPPDQG OLQHPHWKRG

[root@magic ~]$ cd /magichome/xruser/engg
[root@magic engg]$ ./collectLogs.sh
¾ $IWHUWKHVQDSVKRWFUHDWHGWKHQHZ]LSILOHRIWKHVQDSVKRWZLOOEHFUHDWHG
XQGHUHQJJGDWD6QDSVKRWVVHQGLWWRWKHVQDSVKRWserver via FTP or USB disk, etc.
Page 314 -
GE HEALTHCARE 
8. How to take a snapshot?

1. How to take snapshot when UI hang up:
-> Ctrl + Alt+ F1..F6 : switch to console window
-> Log in with “xruser”, “4$xray”
-> input snapshot name after ran cmd below:
cd /magichome/xruser/engg/
./collectLogs.sh
2 . How to take snapshot when disk full
-> “df” to check harddisk space of /magichome partition
-> If it’s 100% used, check the path to see which is the biggest folder/file
taking the space:
cd /magichome
du -sm * | sort
-> If the biggest one is a folder, enter the folder and run “du -sm * | sort” cmd
again, until find the exact abnormal file.
-> record the abnormal file/path name, then reset system.
-> the unless log files should have been removed automatically. Then take a
snapshot for this.
11 /
GE Titl j b b /
9. How to handle UI hang up?

1. Take a snapshot first for further investigation.
2. On the Engineering Tool Box, click the Application Reset button to restart X-Ray
applications
Application
Reset
3. If the system still can not work correctly, RESET the system via the Reset button
on RCIM

GE HEALTHCARE 
10. How to handle the file system crash?

Sometimes, the Linux file system may crash and cannot start X-Ray applications.
The root cause maybe:

unclean shutdown,
unclean umount operations, e.g., failed to umount the USB disk, or
Software bugs from the X-Ray application program itself.
The steps to handle this special case are following.
Login with the root’s password #superxr

Input “fsck –y” to fix the crashed file system automatically.
After above operation done, input “reboot” to restart the Magic PC.
Take a snapshot for further investigation on the root cause.
11. How to copy Snapshots from system to USB
1. Plug USB disk into USB port of workstation.

2. Press Ctrl+Shift+F5 to open ENGGUI and open command line
window, type cd / enggdata/Snapshots/ in command line.
3. Type ls to list all snapshots.
4. Type cp xxxx /mnt/usbdisk/ to copy selected snapshot into USB disk,
xxxx is the name of snapshots
5. Type ls /mnt/usbdisk/ to confirm snapshot copy action is successful.
6. Type superuser su and relate password.
7. Type umount /mnt/usbdisk/ to unmount USB disk, then pull out USB
disk from workstation.
1.7 Software Issue
1. How to check software actor status?

cd /magichome/xruser/bin/
csh
source debugEnv.sh
./Actordebugshell.lnx
source debugShell.tcl
ssm_status
This will list all the actors status for the physical subsystem. If any actor boot
level or phase is (-1) those actor did not respond with actorReady for
EF_PHASE0. Likewise, if some actors are (0) and rest all are at (1), those actors
with 0 did not respond to EF_PHASE1.
Page 316 -
GE HEALTHCARE 
2. How to use sniffer logs?

9 This is one fantastic system generated log which captures all message
exchanges and data passed between CORBA entities.
9 All sniffer logs are located in /enggdata/SnifferLogs/sniffer_*.csv.
E.g: sniffer_07mar28_020920.csv. There will be many sniffer logs. Identify the
right sniffer log of your interest based on the timestamp.
9 You could use sniffer utils to strip “junk” messages and time sort for faster
debugging.
9 Look at the following sample sniffer log.
T ype,Source,Target,Name,Time,Buffer
receive_reply,XRUserIfActor,venus,subscribeDuifEvent,02:09:18.525.431,{return enum DuifStatus=SUCCESS;}
receive_reply,XRImProc,INVALID_TARGET,getReference,02:09:15.722.343,{return short=0;}
receive_reply,DEFAULT_ACTOR,XRImProc,update,02:09:17.852.216,{return void;}
receive_request,XRImProc,INVALID_TARGET,init,02:09:17.728.162,{}
receive_reply,XRUserIfActor,venus,registerChannel,02:09:18.505.364,{return ulong=10200;}
receive_request,XRUserIfActor,venus,subscribeDuifEvent,02:09:18.525.052,{ulong=70001;ulong=10200;boolean=0;}
receive_request,DEFAULT_ACTOR,XRImProc,update,02:09:17.817.462,{ushort=307;boolean=1;}
receive_reply,XRUserIfActor,INVALID_TARGET,getReference,02:09:23.725.233,{return short=1;}
receive_request,PDUDeviceMgr,venus,subscribeDuifEvent,02:09:14.653.890,{ulong=70002;ulong=10100;boolean=0;}
receive_request,DEFAULT_ACTOR,XRImProc,checkStatusReply,02:09:24.930.456,{ushort=1;ulong=0;}
receive_reply,XRUserIfActor,venus,subscribeDuifEvent,02:09:18.522.824,{return enum DuifStatus=SUCCESS;}
publish,XRSysProxy,N/A,GRID_PRESENCE_CHANGED,02:09:26.591.380,enum GridPresence=GRID_IN
receive,N/A,XRDataMgr,GRID_PRESENCE_CHANGED,02:09:26.592.585,enum GridPresence=GRID_IN
9 receive_request : Logging on request. I.e. initiation of a CORBA method call.
9 receive_reply : Logging on reply to the CORBA communication.
9 Publish : indicates the event publication.
9 Receive : indicates that the recipient has got the call.
16 /
3. How to debug a core file?

9 Core files are generated in the system when an executable crashes.
9 A core dump is the recorded state of the working memory of a computer
program at a specific time, generally when the program has terminated abnormally
(crashed).
9 In practice, other key pieces of program state are usually dumped at the same
time, including the processor registers, which may include the program counter and
stack pointer, memory management information, and other processor and
operating system flags and information.
9 Core dumps are often used to diagnose or debug errors in computer programs.
Refer to
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Core_dump
http://www.ffnn.nl/pages/articles/linux/gdb-gnu-debugger-intro.php

GE HEALTHCARE 
4. How to calculate MEBEF?

o Infantile Failure Rate
¾ Service dispatch analysis on the first 6-months after system installation.
o Mean Exam Between Exam Failure (MEBEF)
¾ MEBEF = Total Number of Exams/(Total Number Of Failures + 1).
¾ 840 (exams between L1 failures) @ ME
¾ 1008 @ M3
¾ MEBEF can be retrieved from RDA report.

18 /
Question & Answer

Q1. .H\XVHIXO/LQX[FRPPDQGLQ*DOD[\V\VWHP?
A1. 0ost of the linux cmd are same, except EHORZ changes:
,ILWLV=ZRUNVWDWLRQ
-> disable firewall : (root) “/sbin/rcSuSEfirewall2 stop”
-> enable VNC : /usr/bin/x11vnc -forever -shared -display :0 -rfbport 5900 -xkb&
-> files “ifcfg-eth*” locates at “/etc/sysconfig/network”
,ILWLV=ZRUNVWDWLRQ
-> disable firewall : (root) “/VHUYLFHLSWDEOHVVWRS”
-> enable VNC : /XVUELQ[YQFIRUHYHUVKDUHG[NEGLVSOD\
-> files “ifcfg-eth*” locates at “/HWFV\VFRQILJQHWZRUNVFULSWV”
Q2. How to check FW disconnect from MagicPC?
A2. check if continous heartbeat from FW to magicPC each 10 seconds
-> cd /enggdata/log
-> grep “SHU” sysproxy_n.log (n is the last for sysproxy_*.log)
Such msgs each 10s should be seen “SHUTTLE_DATA <<<<< 0 24 0 ”
Q3. which types of CD/DVD can be used?
A3. all the CDs brought from market can be used in our system (CD-RǃCD-RW).
Now DVD also can be used to for Backup/Restore, image archieve and snapshot
record. But only DVD-R is supportive, DVD+R can not be used in system.
Page 318 -
GE HEALTHCARE 
Question & Answer

ḕ ᢮” function, can patient name
Q4. for worklist “search for/ḕ
be searched in Chinese language settings?
A5. Yes, both Eng & Chinese string can be searched from worklist .
if want to search for patient name, need to change “search for” dropdown list to
“Name”.
Q4. how to reset login password ?

A4. Currently there have no such an interface for user to reset login password. Incase
user forget the superuser password, have to restore the EA3 related configurations,
which is saved in “MagicOS” subsystem.
1.8 PDU Troubleshooting
No IF Bd N Close BK or
BK is close? hospital BK
power
N Y
DSP1 input is T1 output is F2 failure
220VAC or not? 220VAC or not?
Y N
Disconnect DSP output Y

T1 input is T1 failure
380VAC or not?
IF Bd or IF Y
DSP output is N
Bd cable
failure
24V or not?
F1 filter
DSP failure

GE HEALTHCARE 
No U-arm Y
EMERGENCY STOP active˛ Invalidate E-stop
power
N
N
J4 pin 1vs4 is 24V or not? IF Bd failure
N
F3 is ok or not? F3 failure
T1 output C220vsB0 Y
K2 failure
Is 220VAC or not?
N
F1 and NTC
failure F1 and NTC
is ok or not?
Y
T1 failure
23 /
No Collimator Y
EMERGENCY STOP active˛ Invalidate E-stop
power
N
N
Y
T1 output 23vsC0
cable failure
Is 23VAC or not?
N
F1 and NTC F1 and NTC
is ok or not? failure
T1 failure
24 /
No PC and monitor N
IF Bd failure
J4 pin 1vs3 is 24V or not?
power
N
N
k1 is ok or not? K1 failure
connection failure
Page 320 -
GE HEALTHCARE 
No generator N
power
N
k1 is ok or not? K1 failure
CT1 failure
1.9 Electrical Subsystem Troubleshooting
g
• No power of U-ARM?
At least one of E-Stop buttons is pressed.
• 575/575P does not move after pressing Up/Down button with motorized mode?
Check 575 or 575P in configuration page of U-ARM console;
Spine J12 is disconnected;
Motor/servo defect;
• Up/down movement is Discontinuous?
U-ARM balance is broken, CAL is needed
• Techniques on Magic PC do not update after pressing the adjsut buttons?
Communication with Jedi is lost;
Jedi defect;
• U-ARM upward motion is always blocked?
Check if the room height is right in configure page of U-ARM console
g
• Rotation is unexpected locked while the rotation button is still depressed?
The Rotation lock will be locked if it has been released for more than 30s.
• U-ARM can not be moved unexpectedly?
If there are errors occur in servo/motor, the servo/motor will be powered off
to reset the error, the duration is greater than 20s
• U-ARM movement become slow and power assist mode is disabled?
If vertical POT defect is detected, for example, POT is damaged, the power
assist mode will be disabled and the max speed of motorized mode is also
decreased to 50mm/s
• After first installation, 575/575P U-ARM can not be moved?
After first installation, there is no connection with Magic PC, the U-ARM is
configured as 515 as default.
• The content of U-ARM console is displayed upside down?
The LCD must be calibrated.

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.10 Image Quality Troubleshooting
Q:The image is turned white after sending to PACS.
Solution:
1. In Utility screen, open the Network Connection page. Then Edit
the PACS option. In its references page to check the box of “Apply
‘Burn-on-send’ to images when sending to this network host”.
2. Set the Gamma option of PACS monitor as Gamma 2.2 which is
same as the monitor of worksation.
34 /
9/11/2017
Q:The exposed raw image appear artifact. If double the processed image,
artifact is appeared.
Solution:
Check the function of grid switch whether is good or not.
1˖Power on the system

2˖Enter to the exposure screen
3˖Insert the grid to touch the grid switch and see whether the
status of grid is displayed as “IN” in exposure screen. Then, take
out the grid to see whether the display is changed to “OUT”
Page 322 -
GE HEALTHCARE 
1.11 Dicom Network Troubleshooting
EUEULGJH,3,31RXVHLQWKLVSURGXFW
,IKRVSLWDOQHWZRUNLVDOVR[QHHGWRFKDQJHLWWRE\EHORZ
RSHUDWLRQ
7\SHIRU=YLHWFV\VFRQILJQHWZRUNLIFIJEURUIRU=YLHWFV\VFRQILJ
QHWZRUNVFULSWVLIFIJEULQFRPPDQGOLQHZLQGRZZLWKVXSHUXVHU
3UHVVNH\ERDUG±L²WRHQDEOHHGLWIXQFWLRQWKHQHGLW,3$''5
3UHVV(6&NH\DQGWKHQLQSXWZTWRVDYHDQGH[LWIURPFRQILJXUDWLRQILOH
5HERRWV\VWHP
HWKH[WHUQDO,3WRFRQQHFWZLWKKRVSLWDOQHWZRUN,3QHHGEHVHWLQWKHVDPH
VHJPHQWDVKRVSLWDO5,63$&63ULQWHU,3
HWKLQWHUQDO,3WRFRQQHFWZLWKGHWHFWRU,3
/RORRS,3,3QRXVHLQWKLVSURGXFW
,I3$&6DQG3&,3QRWLQWKHVDPH,3VHJPHQWQHHGWRDGGURXWHWR3$&6
．7\SHIRU=YLHWFV\VFRQILJQHWZRUNLIFIJHWKRUIRU=YLHWF
V\VFRQILJQHWZRUNVFULSWVLIFIJHWKLQFRPPDQGOLQHZLQGRZZLWKVXSHUXVHU
．3UHVVNH\ERDUG±L²WRHQDEOHHGLWIXQFWLRQDGGDOLQHURXWHDGGKRVW±,3RI
SDFV²JZ±LSRIJDWHZD\²
．3UHVV(6&NH\DQGWKHQLQSXWZTWRVDYHDQGH[LWIURPFRQILJXUDWLRQILOH
．5HERRWV\VWHP
1.12 L/R Shifting Issue
Symptom: Reprocess some image and mark “L” or ”R” then save and close the
image, but find “L” or ”R” disappear when reopening the image.
Solutions: 2 different solutions for 2 below different scenarios.
1. If customer doesn’t satisfy to current image and wants to reprocess image,
meanwhile mark “L” or ”R”. He need open Raw image but NOT processed image
from the image management window, then reprocess and mark “L” or ”R”ˈ ˈ
close to save, “L” or ”R” could be saved successfully in the image.
2. If customer satisfies to current image and needn’t reprocess image, he only
wants to mark “L” or ”R” into the image. Customer need open responsible
processed image and use Aa tool to add letter “L” or ”R”, deactivate the letter
(active letter is red while inactive letter is blue) and close to save. The letter
could be saved successfully in the image.

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.13 Image Print Issue
Section 1 Image print issue: “Fit to film” function can’t be performed successfully
Symptom: ”Fit to film” function can’t be performed successfully, image is displayed
bigger or incomplete.
Solution: After click , you need do below steps:
1. Go to Network Connection->Dicom Printer (Your actual printer)->Edit->Printer
Settings->Choose “Fit to Film” and save.
2. Go to Preferences->Image Management->Auto Print – Edit, click Save button.
Section 2 Image print issue: Reprocessed images print displays incompletely or

bigger.
There are two kinds of reprocess scenarios:
z Scenario 1: If taking exposure, then reprocess images, print images.
¾ Solution: Refer to Section 1.
z Scenario 2: If opening images in image management window, then reprocess

images, print images.
¾ Solution: NEED open RAW image in image management window then
reprocess, print images. No issue will occur.
Section 2.0 Console LCD Service function

2.1 Login Service Tab
Click Service tab on console LCD and input password 100176.
2.2 Positioner Calibration

Click Calibration tab and calibrate the system according to the below flow and under the
instruction displayed in screen.
Note: When initially installing the system, all items should be done.
Rotation Ignore(N) Vertical Motion SID Save or

start Ignore(N) Ignore(N) finish
Calibration Calibration Calibration Exit
Cal.(Y) Cal.(Y) Cal.(Y)
Do 1.1, Do 2.1, Do 3.1,

Then confirm Then confirm Then confirm
Do 1.2, Do 2.2, Do 3.2,

Then confirm Then start Then confirm
Page 324 -
GE HEALTHCARE 
2.3 Hardware Faults Diagnostic

Purpose: Conduct the hardware troubleshooting including fans, SID lock(J1),Rotation lock(J2),High
LSW and low LSW(J5), Fans(J6),SID Pot(J8), membrace button of detector(J9), membrace button
of detector(J10), servo communication(J12).
2.3.1 Manual Diagnostic

There will be four items included in the area of [Instruction]. And it needs to manually operate them
to check their status. Please follow the below steps to do so.
1.) Conduct the operations under the description in the dialog box of [Instruction] and then press
[OK].
- If the status are normal, the [Diag. Result] will appear the word "Normally".
- If the status are abnormal, the related fault information will be displayed in the [Diag.
Result]. You should continue the step 2 below.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.) system image above the page. Touch the circle on the screen to display the details of the
faults.
- Touch the [Pics] button, the trouble part will be displayed
- Touch the [Back] to return to the Diagnostic screen.
- Finish all the four items under the same way.
2.3.2 Automatic Diagnostic

When the system have other faults other than the four items dispplayed in [Instruction], the fault
hints will not only appear in the [Diag. Result] in Diagnosis tab, but also will appear in the [hint] box
below of the System tab.
2.4 Hardware Configuration

Configuration all items and click [Save] to change the settings.
Note: Celling height setting is so important that it will influence the anti-collision function. The
Wrong setting will result in the failure of the function.
Page 326 -
GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A 12VDC A
24VDC
12VDC
DIRECTION 5429575-CA-1EN, REVISION 7
24VDC RS232
Servo
On/Off
B B
220VAC
RS232 Spine USB
RS232/12VDC
Board
C Angle C
RS232/12VDC Meter
LCD Magic PC
Control
Section 1.0 System Schematics
LCD
Display VGA
Collimator
card
Xray Tube
Grid
Detector
Note: Only
for 575-P
Ion-Chamber
D Monitor D
9DF
Detector housing
E-Stop PS2
E
USB Keyboard
0(WKHUQHW
Mouse
HV+/-
Rotor
Barcode
USB
E Reader E
Hospital
Network
Ethernet
Chapter 16 - - Schematics and Drawings

COM PWR_In
F F
RS232 220VAC
220VAC
AEC1 Hand
57
9 SW
Pwr PDU 380Vac
Ctrl RT
G IF G
JEDI Xray On lamp E-Stop E Power-On
E
Board TM E Reset
(50kW)
6:VLJQDO
Door lock
Chapter 16 - Schematics and Drawings
Hospital Door For electrical scheme with detail Cable

3P Power
interconncetion , please see 5466426SCH
RS232/RT
REVISIONS APPROVALS YY/MM/DD TITLE REV
H MADE H
REV MADE BY DATE ECR NO. DESCRIPTION Galaxy System Block Diagram
CHECK
1 Li Bidan 07/29/2011 - Initial Draft Release Brivo XR575 2
Spine board, Mini PDU, Cabnet APPR
2 Du Haitao 09/29/2012
updated, Cable connection added SHT/CONT ON
OTHER
6575888SCH
1/ 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SCHEMATICS
Page 327

Page 328
GE HEALTHCARE
JEDI Cabinet PDU J2 5428622 PC MONITOR

Door 5432235
Tank J3 5428622 PC HOST
5122632(2pcs) 5432234
GND
or 5393036(2pcs) X-Ray Light Xray on
STATOR
DC BUS J2 J4 J1
Door LOCK Door lock switch
70ഒ U
IF PWA 5428661 J5
AEC1 V
W Main power
J4 GND
5428666 J1 J3 J6 J5
5437495 5478018
5428631
5428628
Topbox(on column top) P1 Hand SWITCH

5428665 PN:5439061
5435323
5428630
Power
Servo 5435322 motor 5428632
J4 J1
TM CONSOLE
P5 P3 P4 P2 PN:5429246
5428663
5429133 5428931
5428934
Collimator 5428629
PN:5428859
Detector J12 J4 J7 J2 5435324 Rotation LOCK

Section 2.0 System Electric Assembly
Grid in Spine PWA

5428635(Brivo575P/575) Vertial POT(PN:5428672 )
Section 1.0 - System Schematics

Ion chamber E-stop 5433031 J9 (in the Arm) J8
button 5428639(Brivo515) SID POT (PN:5428673)
PN:5430961
Housing Fan 5428647 J6 J5 J10 J1 J13 5428638(only for 575P) Angle meter LCD
PN:5430986
5428645(Brivo575P/575) SID LOCK

5447187(Brivo515) PN:5447915
5428636˄Brivo 575P/575)
5428637(Brivo 515)
Button
Vertical lock
Tube Console LCD
And limit switch
PN:5430979
Note:
xxx.xxx connect cable and part number
U-ARM Connectivity
Power supply
SCHEMATICS

GE HEALTHCARE 
DIRECTION 5429575-CA-1EN, REVISION 7 SCHEMATICS
Section 3.0 Cable Assembly
Chapter 16 - - Schematics and Drawings Page 329

GE HEALTHCARE 
Page 330 Section 1.0 - System Schematics

GE HEALTHCARE
J4
VDD_5V
J1
1 1 BUZZER
9 9 2 2 LED_POWER_ON
1 1 PLUG_IN_TM 10 10 3 3 LED_XRAY_ON
6 6 2 2 PLUG_IN_TM 11 11 4 4
HANDSW_EXP 7 7 3 3 C1 C2 E_STOP_H_TM 12 12 5 5 E_STOP_L_TM
8 8 4 4 22U 0.1U BUTTON_RESET 13 13 6 6
HANDSW_PREP 9 9 5 5 25V 16V BUTTON_POWER_ON
14 14 7 7
20% 10% HANDSW_PREP 15 15 8 8 HANDSW_EXP
G1 G1
G2 G1
G2 G1
G2 G2
PIN
RIGHT_ANGLE PIN
STD_DENSITY RIGHT_ANGLE
STD_DENSITY_FILTERED_820PF
HAND_SWITCH
Section 4.0 Console Circuit
J3
BUTTON_POWER_ON 1 1
BUTTON_RESET 2 2
3 3
LED_XRAY_ON 4 4 VDD_5V H1
VDD_5V LED_POWER_ON 5 5 BUZZER
6 6
1
BUZZER 2
PIN
RIGHT_ANGLE C3 C4
SINGLE_ROW_BREAKAWAY 22U 0.1U
25V 16V
20% 10%

J2 MH1 MH3
MH5_00_M4WASHER MH5_00_M4WASHER
E_STOP_H_TM 1 1
E_STOP_L_TM 2 2
MH2 MH4
PIN MH5_00_M4WASHER MH5_00_M4WASHER
RIGHT_ANGLE
WIRE_TO_BOARD
E-STOP
SCHEMATICS
Page 331

Page 332
GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P1
LOAD LINE
A L' L
A
220V AC/L 1
N' FILTER G 220V AC/N 2
N 24V AC/N 3
FLAC32-3A 24V AC/L 4
PE
MAIN POWER INPUT
P3
DB9 MALE
AC/L 1 220V AC/L 1

AC/N 2 220V AC/N 6 2
FG 3 7 3
-V 4 1 D- 12V+ 8 4 P5
-V 5 24VA- P2 2 D- 12V- 9 5
-V 6 24VB- 3
+V 7 4 220V AC/L G1 1
+V 8 24VA+ 24VA+ 1 5 220V AC/N G2 24V AC/L 2
+V 9 24VB+ 24VB+ 2 PE 24V AC/N 3
Section 5.0 PDU Electric Board
24VA- 3 PE
24VB- 4 PE
5
B TO DETECTOR POWER TO COLLIMATOR B
24V-150W POWER PE 12V-50W POWER
TO SPINE POWER
RELAY

14 COILP
13 COILN LINE LOAD
1 L1C
220V AC/N 9 COM<1> CLOSED<1> 1 N N' 220V AC/N 2 L2C
OPEN<1> 5 G FILTER 3 R
C 220V AC/L 12 COM<0> CLOSED<0> 4 L L' 220V AC/L 4 S
C
OPEN<0> 8 5 T
FLAC32-3A U 6
CONNNECTED TO MOTOR V 7
W 8
PE 9 P
10
BRAKE RESISTOR 11 C
12
CN3
P4
RELAY+ 1
1 2 TX-SERVO TX-SERVO 2 6 RELAY-
3 4 RX-SERVO RX-SERVO 3 7 SERVO CONTROLLER
5 6 4 8
GND-SERVO 5 9
CN3 G1
G2 CTQ1:CORRECT WIRE CONNECTION BETWEEN/AMONG COMPONENTS
CTQ2:24V-150W POWER REFER TO 5150458
5446299
PE CTQ3:12V-50W POWER REFER TO 5394097
D CTQ4:SERVO CONTROLLER REFER TO 5430982 D
SERVO CONTROL LINES
REV 2 01July04
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
Block Path Block Sheet Dwg No Rev Sheet
Tue Mar 27 16:10:18 2012 pdu 1 of 6 5430980SCH 2 1 of 6

B Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SCHEMATICS

GE HEALTHCARE 
Ding ZM 20Dec11
Galaxy PDU Schematic

Initial release
5429118SCH
1
Approved Document - 5429118SCH_r1.pdf Page 2 of 2
See the GEHC Myworkshop System to determine the status of this document.
State: RELEASE - Document is released and under formal Change Control. Changes are subject to the ECR/ECO Process.
1.) Switch on PDU contactor.

2.) Power on PC and monitor.
3.) 1 second later, power on the Postioner and Detector.
Chapter 16 - - Schematics and Drawings Page 333

Page 334
GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
U13
LPC1766FBD100 VDD_3V3
VDD_3V3 C62
RTCX2
4
VDD_3V3<3..0> NC1 13
VDD_REG_3V3<1..0> 1K 15P
C72 C74 C64 C55 VDDA 10 R95 50V
C59 VDDA 0.1W
1%
Y1
10U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 1%
1
16V 16V 16V 16V 16V VREFP 12 VREFP VBAT 19 C61
10% 10% 10% 10% 15 RTCX1
32.768KHZ
10% VREFN
XTAL1 22 XTAL1 RTCX1 16 RTCX1 C63
XTAL2 23 XTAL2 RTCX2 18 RTCX2 0.1U 15P
0 NRESET 17 RESET_N 16V 50V
10% 1%
5 ARM_TDI 2 TDI TDO_SWO 1 ARM_TDO 1
VDD_3V3 3 ARM_TCK 5 TCK_SWDCLK
4 ARM_TMS 3
TMS_SWDIO
6 ARM_TRST 4 TRST_N
2 ARM_RTCK 100 RTCK RSTOUT_N 14 ARM_JATG<6..0> 2B1<> 2D6<> 4B8>
C65 C73 2 C54
10U 0.1U 0.1U 46 P0_0_RD1_TXD3_SDA1 P1_0_ENET_TXD0 95 BUTTON_UP_MCU 3
16V 16V 16V 47 P0_1_TD1_RXD3_SCL1 P1_1_ENET_TXD1 94 LSW4_MCU 4
10% 10% 1 10% 39 TXD0 98 P0_2_TXD0_AD0_7 P1_4_ENET_TX_EN 93 BUTTON_DOWN_MCU 2
38 RXD0 99 P0_3_RXD0_AD0_6 P1_8_ENET_CRS 92 LSW3_MCU 5
Section 6.0 Spine Board
8D5< MOSFET_DIAG_OUT 81 P0_4_I2SRX_CLK_RD2_CAP2_0 P1_9_ENET_RXD0 91 BUTTON_ROTATION_MCU 1

80 P0_5_I2SRX_WS_TD2_CAP2_1 P1_10_ENET_RXD1 90 LSW2_MCU 6
79 P0_6_I2SRX_SDA_SSEL1_MAT2_0 P1_14_ENET_RX_ER 89 BUTTON_SID_MCU 0
2D6<> 2A6> ARM_JATG<6..0> 78 P0_7_I2STX_CLK_SCK1_MAT2_1 P1_15_ENET_REF_CLK 88 LSW1_MCU 7 LB<7..0> 9B5>
4B8> 77 P0_8_I2STX_WS_MISO1_MAT2_2 P1_16_ENET_MDC 87 LOCK_V_FDBK 8
76 P0_9_I2STX_SDA_MOSI1_MAT2_3 P1_17_ENET_MDIO 86
6A3< TXD2 48 P0_10_TXD2_SDA2_MAT3_0 P1_18_USB_UP_LED_PWM1_1_CAP1_0 32 HANDLE_BUTTON_DOWN_MCU 7
6A3> RXD2 49 P0_11_RXD2_SCL2_MAT3_1 P1_19_MCOA0_NUSB_PPWR_CAP1_1 33 HANDLE_BUTTON_SID_MCU 6
30 SPI_SCK 62 P0_15_TXD1_SCK0_SCK P1_20_MCI0_PWM1_2_SCK0 34 HANDLE_BUTTON_ROTATION_MCU5
VDD_3V3_REF VDD_3V3_REF
29 SPI_SEL 63 P0_16_RXD1_SSEL0_SSEL P1_21_NMCABORT_PWM1_3_SSEL0 35 LOCK_XXX_FDBK 4
28 SPI_MISO 61 P0_17_CTS1_MISO0_MISO P1_22_MCOB0_USB_PWRD_MAT1_0 36 LOCK_SID_FDBK 3
VDDA VREFP
27 SPI_MOSI 60 P0_18_DCD1_MOSI0_MOSI P1_23_MCI1_PWM1_4_MISO0 37 LOCK_ROT_FDBK 2
3D5< LED0 59 P0_19_DSR1_SDA1 P1_24_MCI2_PWM1_5_MOSI0 38
C56 2 C60 C57 2 C58 LED1 58 39 CAL_ON
3D5< P0_20_DTR1_SCL1 P1_25_MCOA1_MAT1_1 0
10U 0.1U 10U 0.1U 57 40 5D2<> 7A8> 9C8>
16V 16V 16V 16V P0_21_RI1_RD1 P1_26_MCOB1_PWM1_6_CAP0_0 LGH<8..0>
56 P0_22_RTS1_TD1 P1_27_CLKOUT_NUSB_OVRCR_CAP0_1 43 LED5 3D5<
10% 1 10% 10% 1 10%
24 COL_POT_AD 9 P0_23_AD0_0_I2SRX_CLK_CAP3_0 P1_28_MCOA2_PCAP1_0_MAT0_0 44 LED4 3D5<
23 ARM_POT_AD 8 P0_24_AD0_1_I2SRX_WS_CAP3_1 P1_29_MCOB2_PCAP1_1_MAT0_1 45 LED3 3D5<
6A3> MAX485_RE_N 7 P0_25_AD0_2_I2SRX_SDA_TXD3 P1_30_VBUS_AD0_4 21 FAN1_STATUS_MCU 0
6A3> MAX485_DE 6 P0_26_AD0_3_AOUT_RXD3 P1_31_SCK1_AD0_5 20 FAN2_STATUS_MCU 1
22 I2C0_SDA 25 P0_27_SDA0_USB_SDA
21 I2C0_SCL 24 P0_28_SCL0_USB_SCL
29 P0_29_USB_DP VSS<5..0>
Y2 30 11
P0_30_USB_DN VSSA
SYM 1 OF 2
XTAL2 1 3 XTAL1
GND1 2 C66
C68 4
GND2 15P
15P 50V
50V 1%
1%

12MHZ
U13
LPC1766FBD100
18 TXD1 75 P2_0_PWM1_1_TXD1
17 RXD1 74 P2_1_PWM1_2_RXD1
16 RELAY_CTRL 73 P2_2_PWM1_3_CTS1_TRACEDATA_3
70 P2_3_PWM1_4_DCD1_TRACEDATA_2
14 LOCK_ROT_CTRL 69 P2_4_PWM1_5_DSR1_TRACEDATA_1
13 INCLINOMETER_RST 68 P2_5_PWM1_6_DTR1_TRACEDATA_0
12 LOCK_SID_CTRL 67 P2_6_PCAP1_0_RI1_TRACECLK
11 LOCK_V_CTRL 66 P2_7_RD2_RTS1
10 LOCK_XXX_CTRL 65 P2_8_TD2_TXD2
64 P2_9_USB_CONNECT_RXD2 P3_25_MAT0_0_PWM1_2 27 HANDLE_BUTTON_UP_MCU 2
4C8> ISP 53 P2_10_NEINT0_NMI P3_26_STCLK_MAT0_1_PWM1_3 26 GRID_IN_SENSOR_MCU 3
3D5< LED2 52 P2_11_NEINT1_I2STX_CLK
51 P2_12_NEINT2_I2STX_WS P4_28_RX_MCLK_MAT2_0_TXD3 82 TXD3 4
50 P2_13_NEINT3_I2STX_SDA P4_29_TX_MCLK_MAT2_1_RXD3 85 RXD3 5
SYM 2 OF 2
8B5<> 4D3<> 4D3<> 4B4<> TRS<39..0>

11D6<> 10C8> 9B8<>
R99
R96 RXD2_232
TXD2_232
MH1 MH3 MH5 MH7
0
MHP4_00TB10_00 MHP4_00TB10_00 MHP4_00TB10_00 MHP4_00TB10_00 0
RXD2 0.1W
TXD2 0.1W
+0.05
+0.05
MH2 MH4 MH6 MH8 R98
R97 RXD2_485
MHP4_00TB10_00 MHP4_00TB10_00 MHP4_00TB10_00 MHP4_00TB10_00 TXD2_485
0
0
0.1W GE H
0.1W
+0.05 Compan
+0.05
MOUNTING HOLES Block Path Block Sheet Dwg No Rev
ar 01 15:51:40 2012 xrayu2 2 of 13 5430976SCH 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
SCHEMATICS

GE HEALTHCARE
VDD_3V3
U16
VDD_3V3 MAX811
4 VCC
R116 R118 R120 R121 R127 C77 R105
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 0.1U 3 MR_N RESET_N 2 0
0.125W 0.125W 0.125W 0.125W 0.125W J11 16V
1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 10% 1 499
GND
0.1W
1 2 1%
1 2
6 ARM_TRST 3 3 4 4
3
4
5 ARM_TDI 5 5 6 6
4 ARM_TMS 7 7 8 8
ARM_TCK 9 10
3
4
3 9 10
2 ARM_RTCK 11 11 12 12
1 ARM_TDO 13 13 14 14
0 NRESET 15 15 16 16
17 17 18 18 ARM_JATG<6..0>
19 19 20 20
R119 R115 R110
1
2
10K 10K 10K

0.125W 0.125W 0.125W PIN
S2
KT11B1JM
1A6> 1B1<> 3A8>

1
1% 1% 1%
2
ARM_JATG<6..0> STRAIGHT
RIBBON_CABLE_LOW_PROFILE
PUSHBUTTON RESET
JTAG

VDD_5V
R90 R89
1K 1K R88 R83 R78 R74
0.1W 0.1W 1K 1K 1K 1K
1% 1% 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W
1% 1% 1% 1%
2
2
2
2
2
2
DS6
Q10
1
1
1
1
1
1
ULN2003A DS5 DS4 DS3 DS2 DS1

HSMG-C650 HSMG-C650 HSMG-C650 HSMG-C650 HSMG-C650 HSMG-C650
GREEN GREEN GREEN GREEN GREEN GREEN
COM 9
2B5> LED5 1 B<6> C<6> 16
2B5> LED4 2 B<5> C<5> 15
2B5> LED3 3 B<4> C<4> 14
2D2> LED2 4 B<3> C<3> 13
2B2> LED1 5 B<2> C<2> 12
2B2> LED0 6 B<1> C<1> 11
7 B<0> C<0> 10
E 8
SCHEMATICS
Page 335

WORKING STATUS INDICATION LEDS

Page 336
GE HEALTHCARE
2 3 4 5 6 7
U8
LPC1766FBD100 VDD_3V3
VDD_3V3
VDD_3V3<3..0> NC1 13 R37

VDD_REG_3V3<1..0> 1K
C48 C45 C56 C39 C24 VDDA 10 VDDA 0.1W
10U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 1% C40
16V 16V 16V 16V 16V VREFP 12 VREFP VBAT 19 RTCX2
10% 10% 10% 10% 10% VREFN 15 VREFN
4
XTAL1 22 XTAL1 RTCX1 16 RTCX1 C34 15P
Section 7.0 IF Board
XTAL2 23 XTAL2 RTCX2 18 RTCX2 0.1U 50V

1B6< 4C7> 1A8> NRESET 17 RESET_N 16V 1%
Y2
10%
1
C46
VDD_3V3 ARM_TDI 2 TDI TDO_SWO 1 ARM_TDO RTCX1
32.768KHZ
ARM_TCK 5 TCK_SWDCLK
ARM_TMS 3 TMS_SWDIO 15P
ARM_TRST 4 TRST_N 50V
C25 C26 ARM_RTCK 100 RTCK RSTOUT_N 14 1%
10U 0.1U 0.1U
46 95 BUTTON_POWER_ON_MCU
C52
16V 16V 16V P0_0_RD1_TXD3_SDA1 P1_0_ENET_TXD0 5B6>
10% 10% 10% 6B6> DOOR_IN_LOCK1_MCU 47 P0_1_TD1_RXD3_SCL1 P1_1_ENET_TXD1 94 BUZZER_MCU 5D3>
3B2< TXD0 98 P0_2_TXD0_AD0_7 P1_4_ENET_TX_EN 93 HANDSW_EXP_MCU 5B6>
3B2> RXD0 99 P0_3_RXD0_AD0_6 P1_8_ENET_CRS 92 LED_POWER_ON_MCU 5D3>
1 EXPOSURE_MCU 81 P0_4_I2SRX_CLK_RD2_CAP2_0 P1_9_ENET_RXD0 91 HANDSW_PREP_MCU 5B6>
4B2> EP<1..0> 0 PSW_MCU 80 P0_5_I2SRX_WS_TD2_CAP2_1 P1_10_ENET_RXD1 90 LED_XRAY_ON_MCU 5D4>
6B5> PLUG_IN_MCU 79 P0_6_I2SRX_SDA_SSEL1_MAT2_0 P1_14_ENET_RX_ER 89 BUTTON_RESET_MCU 5B6>
VDD_3V3 78 P0_7_I2STX_CLK_SCK1_MAT2_1 P1_15_ENET_REF_CLK 88 PREPARE_MCU 4C2>
77 P0_8_I2STX_WS_MISO1_MAT2_2 P1_16_ENET_MDC 87 E_STOP_H_SPINE_MCU 4B5>
VREFP DOWNLOAD 76 P0_9_I2STX_SDA_MOSI1_MAT2_3 P1_17_ENET_MDIO 86 E_STOP_H_TM_MCU 4A5>
3C2<> TR2<1..0> 1 TXD2 48 P0_10_TXD2_SDA2_MAT3_0 P1_18_USB_UP_LED_PWM1_1_CAP1_0 32
C53 C49 0 RXD2 49 P0_11_RXD2_SCL2_MAT3_1 P1_19_MCOA0_NUSB_PPWR_CAP1_1 33
10U 0.1U 62 P0_15_TXD1_SCK0_SCK P1_20_MCI0_PWM1_2_SCK0 34
16V 16V 63 P0_16_RXD1_SSEL0_SSEL P1_21_NMCABORT_PWM1_3_SSEL0 35
10% 10% 61 P0_17_CTS1_MISO0_MISO P1_22_MCOB0_USB_PWRD_MAT1_0 36
VREFN 60 P0_18_DCD1_MOSI0_MOSI P1_23_MCI1_PWM1_4_MISO0 37
59 P0_19_DSR1_SDA1 P1_24_MCI2_PWM1_5_MOSI0 38
58 P0_20_DTR1_SCL1 P1_25_MCOA1_MAT1_1 39
57 P0_21_RI1_RD1 P1_26_MCOB1_PWM1_6_CAP0_0 40
VDD_3V3 56 P0_22_RTS1_TD1 P1_27_CLKOUT_NUSB_OVRCR_CAP0_1 43
LED4 9 P0_23_AD0_0_I2SRX_CLK_CAP3_0 P1_28_MCOA2_PCAP1_0_MAT0_0 44
VDDA LED5 8 P0_24_AD0_1_I2SRX_WS_CAP3_1 P1_29_MCOB2_PCAP1_1_MAT0_1 45
7 P0_25_AD0_2_I2SRX_SDA_TXD3 P1_30_VBUS_AD0_4 21 LED2
C43 C44 6 P0_26_AD0_3_AOUT_RXD3 P1_31_SCK1_AD0_5 20 LED3
10U 0.1U 2D3<> IS<1..0> 1 I2C0_SDA 25 P0_27_SDA0_USB_SDA
16V 16V 0 I2C0_SCL 24 P0_28_SCL0_USB_SCL
10% 10% 29 P0_29_USB_DP VSS<5..0>
30 P0_30_USB_DN VSSA 11
Y1 SYM 1 OF 2
XTAL2 1 3 XTAL1

GND1 2 C32
C28 4
GND2 15P
15P 50V
50V 1%
1%
12MHZ U8
LPC1766FBD100
TXD1 75 P2_0_PWM1_1_TXD1
RXD1 74 P2_1_PWM1_2_RXD1
73 P2_2_PWM1_3_CTS1_TRACEDATA_3
4B5< E_PSW_MCU 70 P2_3_PWM1_4_DCD1_TRACEDATA_2
69 P2_4_PWM1_5_DSR1_TRACEDATA_1
68 P2_5_PWM1_6_DTR1_TRACEDATA_0
67 P2_6_PCAP1_0_RI1_TRACECLK
66 P2_7_RD2_RTS1
65 P2_8_TD2_TXD2
64 P2_9_USB_CONNECT_RXD2 P3_25_MAT0_0_PWM1_2 27 LED0
4D7> ISP 53 P2_10_NEINT0_NMI P3_26_STCLK_MAT0_1_PWM1_3 26 LED1
6B6> PLUG_IN_TM_MCU 52 P2_11_NEINT1_I2STX_CLK
51 P2_12_NEINT2_I2STX_WS P4_28_RX_MCLK_MAT2_0_TXD3 82 TXD3 1 TR3<1..0> 3C1<>
6B6> DOOR_IN_LOCK2_MCU 50 P2_13_NEINT3_I2STX_SDA P4_29_TX_MCLK_MAT2_1_RXD3 85 RXD3 0
SYM 2 OF 2
MH3 MH6 MH5

MHP4_00TB10_00 MHP4_00TB10_00 MHP4_00TB10_00
MH1 MH4 MH2

MHP4_00TB10_00 MHP4_00TB10_00 MHP4_00TB10_00
GE Heal
Company R
MOUNTING HOLES
Block Path Block Sheet Dwg No Rev Sh
if_board 2 of 9 5433255SCH 2
SCHEMATICS

GE HEALTHCARE
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PS1 VDD_3V3
VDD_3V3 VDD_3V3 MAX811
4 VCC R78
R50 1B6< 10K
C57 3 MR_N RESET_N 2 NRESET 4C7> 0.125W
0.1U 1A2< 1%
R66 R62 R59 R64 R65 16V 1 499
GND
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10% 0.1W DOWNLOAD
0.125W 0.125W 0.125W 0.125W 0.125W J7 1%
1% 1% 1% 1% 1%
3
4
3
4
1 2
3
4
1 2
ARM_TRST 3 4
3
4
3 4
ARM_TDI 5 5 6 6
ARM_TMS 7 7 8 8
ARM_TCK 9 9 10 10
ARM_RTCK 11 11 12 12
ARM_TDO 13 13 14 14
1
2
1A2< 4C7> 1A8> NRESET 15 15 16 16
1
2
17 17 18 18
S2
KT11B1JM
19 20
1
2
19 20
S1
KT11B1JM
1
2
R63 R61 R60
10K 10K 10K
0.125W 0.125W 0.125W PIN
1% 1% 1% STRAIGHT
RIBBON_CABLE_LOW_PROFILE
PUSHBUTTON RESET
JTAG HEADER
VDD_5V
VDD_3V3
R26
1K R25 R20 R14 VDD_3V3
1K 1K R18 R16 1K
0.1W 1K 1K C38
1% 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W
0.1W 0.1W 0.1U
1% 1% 1%
1% 1% 50V
U6 10%
24C256
2
2
2
2
2
2
R29 R30
DS6 DS5 DS4 DS3 DS2 10K 10K
Q4 DS7
0.125W 7 0.125W GND

ULN2003A WP
1% 1%
I2C0_SCL 6 SCL
1
1
1
1
1
1
COM 9
1 16 HSMG-C650 HSMG-C650 HSMG-C650 HSMG-C650 HSMG-C650 1 A0 SDA 5 I2C0_SDA
B<6> C<6> HSMG-C650
LED0 2 15 GREEN GREEN GREEN GREEN GREEN 2 A1
B<5> C<5> GREEN
LED1 3 B<4> C<4> 14 3 A2
LED2 4 B<3> C<3> 13
LED3 5 B<2> C<2> 12
LED4 6 B<1> C<1> 11 VCC=VDD_3V3;GND=GND
LED5 7 B<0> C<0> 10
E 8 GND
1
IS<1..0>
1B1<>
EEPROM 32KBYTES
WORKING STATUS INDICATION LEDS
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
2012 if_board 3 of 9 5433255SCH 2 3 of 9

2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SCHEMATICS
Page 337

Document - 5433255SCH r2 pdf Page 4 of 10

Page 338
GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
POWER SUPPLY
VDD_5V
VDD_5V
R11 TIN
1.5K
VDD_24V R1
3.16K 0.125W
J1 TIN 1%
0.1W
F1 VDD_24V 0.1%
TIME_DELAY 2 1 C2
1 1 700 OHMS AT 100MHZ INPUT SWIT_OUT L1
2 1 6 FEEDBACK BOOST 3
2 7
3 PSW 12A 2 3 ON_OFF 33U
3 C3 4 10N C4 2 GND
4 E-PSW 250V C1 R2 GND 20% C5
4 CR1 100U 8 50V D1 220U
5 0.1U 1K TAB_GND 5A 0.1U
5 SMCJ51A 50V 0.125W 10% LSM340J 50V
50V 16V TIN
2
62V 20% 10% 1% 40V 20% 1 10%
1 4
ACM9070-701-2PL LM2676 U1
PIN
STRAIGHT FL1
MATE_N_LOK_WHITE
24V TO 5V
VDD_5V VDD_3V3
R9 R57
VR1 499 499

VDD_5V VDD_3V3 0.125W 0.125W
LT1117-3V3 1%
VDD_3V3 1%
TIN
2
2
3 VIN VOUT1 2
VOUT2 4 VDD_5V_LED VDD_3V3_LED
C7 C8 C9 HSMG-C650 HSMG-C650
10U ADJ_GND 1 10U 0.1U GREEN GREEN
10V 10V 16V
1
1
10% 10% 10%

3.3V
5V TO 3.3V POWER SUPPLY LEDS
Block Path Block Sheet Dwg No
Mar 20 16:50:18 2012 if_board 4 of 9 5433255SCH

SCHEMATICS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VDD_3V3
U2 VDD_3V3
MAX3232C
C19 C18
0.1U 0.1U RSDTR_PC
GND 50V 50V 16 VCC R19
C20 D4
10% 10% 2 VP 2K PMBD914
6 VN 0.1U 0.125W
50V 1% 85V
R17
1%
20K
1 C1P 10%
NRESET 4C4<
3 C1M 0.125W
4 C2P C
5 C2M B C10
Q3
C16 C13 TXD0 11 14 RSTXD_SPINE 0.1U
1B2> T1IN T1OUT MMBT3904 50V
0.1U 0.1U 1B2< RXD0 12 R1OUT R1IN 13 RSRXD_SPINE E
D3 10%
50V 50V R80
10% 10% TXD1 10 7 RSTXD1_DAP PMBD914
R79 T2IN T2OUT
RXD1 9 8 RSRXD1_DAP 85V
R2OUT R2IN
0
0 0.1W 15
GND
0.1W +0.05
+0.05
GND GND
GND
IF-SPINE TTL<->RS232
VDD_3V3
VDD_3V3
U3

MAX3232C
C21 C23
R8
1K
0.1U 0.1U
GND 50V 50V 16 0.125W
VCC
10% 10% 2 C22 1%
VP ISP
6 VN 0.1U 4D4<
50V
1 10% C
C1P R6 C6
3 C1M RSRTS_PC B
Q1 0.1U
4 C2P 50V
5 20K MMBT3904
C2M D2 E 10%
0.125W
1% PMBD914
1B2<> TR2<1..0> 1 TXD2 11 T1IN T1OUT 14 RSTXD2 85V
C17 C14
0 RXD2 12 R1OUT R1IN 13 RSRXD2
0.1U 0.1U
50V 50V
10% 10% 1D5<> TR3<1..0> 1 TXD3 10 T2IN T2OUT 7 RSTXD3
0 RXD3 9 R2OUT R2IN 8 RSRXD3
GND 15
GND GND
GND
IF-PC TTL<->RS232
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
if_board 5 of 9 5433255SCH 2 5 of 9
SCHEMATICS
Mar 20 16:50:18 2012
Page 339

Page 340
GE HEALTHCARE
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
J2
J5
1 1
2 2 9 9 PREPARE 1
3 10 EXPOSURE0 1 1
3 10 A
4 11 PE<1..0> RSTXD3 2 2 6 6
4 11
PLUG_IN_JEDI 5 12 RSRXD3 3 3 7 7
6C1< 5 12
6 13 4 4 8 8
6 13
RSTXD2 7 14 5 5 9 9
7 14
RSRXD2 8 8 15 15
G1 G1
G1 G2 G2
G1
G2 G2
PIN
PIN STRAIGHT
STRAIGHT STD_DENSITY
STD_DENSITY
CONNECTOR JEDI CONNECTOR PC
J6 VDD_5V
J3
4D4> BUZZER 1 1
1 4D2> LED_POWER_ON 2 2 9 9
1
RSRXD_SPINE 2 6 E_STOP_H_SPINE 4A7> LED_XRAY_ON 3 3 10 10
2 6
RSTXD_SPINE 3 7 RSRTS_SPINE 4 4 11 11 PLUG_IN_TM 6A1<
3 7 4B1<
RSDTR_SPINE 4 8 E_STOP_L_SPINE 4A1< E_STOP_L_TM 5 5 12 12 E_STOP_H_TM 4A1<
4 8 4B1<
5 9 6 6 13 13 BUTTON_RESET 5A1<
5 9
7 7 14 14 BUTTON_POWER_ON 5C1<
G1 5B1< HANDSW_EXP 8 8 15 15 HANDSW_PREP 5B1<
G1
G2 G2

G1 G1
G2 G2
PIN
STRAIGHT
STD_DENSITY SOCKET
STRAIGHT C
SPINE CONNECTOR STD_DENSITY
TM CONNECTOR
J9
R67
RSTXD_SPINE RSRXD_PC 1 1 6 6
RSRXD_PC 2 2 7 7 RSRTS_PC
0 RSTXD_PC 3 8
3 8
0.1W RSDTR_PC 4 9
4 9
+0.05 5
J4 5
G1 G1
R77
RSRXD_SPINE RSTXD_PC G2 G2
3 3 1 1 DOOR_IN_LOCK1 6C1<
4 2 DOOR_IN_LOCK2 0
4 2 6B1< 0.1W SOCKET
+0.05 STRAIGHT
PIN STD_DENSITY
STRAIGHT
MINI_MATE_HEADER
DOOR LOCK CONNECTOR DOWNLOAD FIRMWARE D

REV 2 01July04
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
2012 if_board 6 of 9 5433255SCH 2 6 of 9

B Size
SCHEMATICS
2 3 4 5 6 7 8

GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VDD_24V A
R42
FL9 0
0.1W
BLM31A601S +0.05
3B7> E_STOP_H_TM 1 2 U12
600 OHM MC1489A
R56
3B5> E_STOP_L_TM 1 3
IN O
10K
R55 0.125W RESP_CTRL 1B6<
2
10K U11
1% VCC=VDD_5V;GND=GND
16V
10%
74LVC_LCX244
C60
0.1W
0.1U
1%
1 OE_N U7
74LVC-LCX32
2 A1 Y1 18 E_STOP_H_TM_MCU
4 A2 Y2 16 1 A
VDD_24V 6 14 E_STOP_H_SPINE_MCU 3
A3 Y3 Y
8 A4 Y4 12 2
B
R5
0 VCC=VDD_3V3;GND=GND
FL2
0.1W VCC=VDD_3V3;GND=GND
BLM31A601S +0.05
3C7> E_STOP_H_SPINE 1 2 U12 B
MC1489A VDD_3V3 1B5<
600 OHM R22
VDD_3V3 VDD_5V
3C8> E_STOP_L_SPINE 4 6
IN O
10K
R21 0.125W RESP_CTRL R13
5
10K
10%
16V
10%
10K
10U
C31
C37
1%
16V
10%
6.3V
VCC=VDD_5V;GND=GND
0.1U
C12
0.1W
0.1U
0.1W
10%
16V
10%
1%
10U
C61
C62
1%
6.3V
0.1U
1
Q2
ULN2003A VDD_24V
U7
U11 74LVC-LCX32
74LVC_LCX244 COM 9
4 A 1 B<6> C<6> 16 E-PSW
6 2 B<5> C<5> 15
1B1< EP<1..0> Y
19 OE_N 1C2> E_PSW_MCU 5 3 B<4> C<4> 14
B 4 13
B<3> C<3>
11 9 VCC=VDD_3V3;GND=GND 5 12

0 PSW_MCU A1 Y1 B<2> C<2> PSW
1 EXPOSURE_MCU 13 A2 Y2 7 6 B<1> C<1> 11 EXPOSURE 0
15 A3 Y3 5 7 B<0> C<0> 10 PREPARE 1 PE<1..0>
17 A4 Y4 3 C
E 8
VCC=VDD_3V3;GND=GND
R3 R4
10K R7 R10
R53 R54 R58 10K 10K 10K
0.1W 0.1W
10K 10K 10K 1% 0.1W 0.1W
0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 1% 1% 1%
1B6< PREPARE_MCU
1% 1% 1%
R49
VDD_5V
1%
1.5K
0.125W
10%
16V
10%
10U
C64
C63
6.3V
0.1U
D
REV 2 01July04
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
20 16:50:18 2012 if_board 7 of 9 5433255SCH 2 7 of 9

SCHEMATICS
Page 341
B Size

Page 342
GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LED_XRAY_ON
VDD_5V 3B5<
VDD_24V
4C3< 5D7> BLL<2..0>
10%
16V
10%
10U
C41
C35
6.3V
0.1U
R68
R38 332
20K U10 0.1W
FL8 0.1W MC1489A 1%
BLM31A601S 1% R39
3B7> BUTTON_RESET 1 2 4 6
IN O
600 OHM 10K C
0.125W RESP_CTRL R70
5
1% VCC=VDD_5V;GND=GND 0 LED_XRAY_ON_DRV B
16V
10%
Q6
C42
0.1U
1.1K MMBT3904
0.1W R69 E
1% 100K
VDD_24V 0.1W
1%
R51
20K U10
FL12 0.1W MC1489A
BLM31A601S 1% R52
3B7> HANDSW_PREP 1 2 13 11
IN O U9
600 OHM 10K LED XRAY ON DRIVE
0.125W RESP_CTRL 74LVC_LCX244
12
1%
16V
10%
VCC=VDD_5V;GND=GND
C59
0.1U
1 OE_N
LED_POWER_ON 3B5<
2 A1 Y1 18 BUTTON_RESET_MCU 1B5<
4 A2 Y2 16 HANDSW_PREP_MCU 1B5<
6 A3 Y3 14 HANDSW_EXP_MCU 1B5<
VDD_24V
8 A4 Y4 12 BUTTON_POWER_ON_MCU 1A6<
R71
332
R47 VCC=VDD_3V3;GND=GND 0.1W
20K U10 1%
FL11 0.1W MC1489A
BLM31A601S 1% R48 VDD_3V3
3B6> HANDSW_EXP 1 2 10 8
C
IN O R73
600 OHM 10K LED_POWER_ON_DRV B
0.125W RESP_CTRL Q7
10%
16V
10%
10U
9
C50
C51
6.3V
0.1U
1% 1.1K MMBT3904
16V
10%
VCC=VDD_5V;GND=GND
C55
0.1U
0.1W R72 E
1% 100K
0.1W
1%
VDD_24V

R43
20K U10
FL10 0.1W MC1489A
LED POWER ON DRIVE
BLM31A601S 1% R44
3B7> BUTTON_POWER_ON 1 2 1 3
IN O BUZZER
600 OHM 10K 3B5<
0.125W RESP_CTRL
2
1%
16V
10%
VCC=VDD_5V;GND=GND
C47
0.1U
R74
0
0.1W
+0.05
U9
74LVC_LCX244
C
R76
19 OE_N BUZZER_DRV B
Q8
1A5<
11 A1 Y1 9 1.1K MMBT3904
1B6<
E
1B6<
BUZZER_MCU 13 A2 Y2 7 BUZZER_DRV 2 0.1W R75
LED_POWER_ON_MCU 15 5 LED_POWER_ON_DRV 1 1% 100K
A3 Y3 0.1W
LED_XRAY_ON_MCU 17 A4 Y4 3 LED_XRAY_ON_DRV 0
BLL<2..0> 1%
4A5< 4C3<
VCC=VDD_3V3;GND=GND
R46
10K R45 R41 R40
0.1W 10K 10K 15K
1% 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W BUZZER DRIVE
1% 1% 1%
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
pr 18 14:33:37 2012 if_board 8 of 9 5433255SCH 2 8 of 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SCHEMATICS

GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VDD_24V
VDD_5V
R35 VDD_3V3
20K U5
FL7 0.1W C15 VDD_5V
MC1489A
BLM31A601S 1% R36 0.1U
PLUG_IN_TM 1 2 13 11 50V
3B7>
10%
16V
10%
10U
C33
C30
10% TXD1-A
6.3V
0.1U
IN O U13
600 OHM 10K MAX488E
0.125W RESP_CTRL
12
1%
16V
10%
VCC=VDD_5V;GND=GND R34
C36
0.1U
GND 1 VCC 110
Y 5 0.1W
VDD_24V
U4 TXD1 3 DI 0.1%
74LVC_LCX244 Z 6 TXD1-B
RXD1-Y 8 A
R32 RO 2 RXD1
20K U5 1 OE_N R24 7 B
FL6 0.1W MC1489A 110 GND 4
BLM31A601S 1% R33 2 A1 Y1 18 PLUG_IN_TM_MCU 1D1< 0.1W
3D7> DOOR_IN_LOCK2 1 2 10 8 4 A2 Y2 16 DOOR_IN_LOCK2_MCU 1D2< 0.1%
IN O 6 A3 Y3 14 DOOR_IN_LOCK1_MCU 1A2<
600 OHM 10K 8 12 PLUG_IN_MCU RXD1-Z
A4 Y4 1B2<
0.125W RESP_CTRL
9
1%
16V
10%
VCC=VDD_5V;GND=GND
C29
0.1U
VCC=VDD_3V3;GND=GND GND
VDD_24V
R28
15K
0.1W
R31 1%
20K U5
FL5 0.1W MC1489A
BLM31A601S 1% R27
DOOR_IN_LOCK1 1 2 4 6 J8
3D8>
IN O
600 OHM 10K
0.125W RESP_CTRL VDD_24V 1 1 11 11 GND
5
1% RSTXD1_DAP 2 2 12 12 TXD1-A
16V
10%
VCC=VDD_5V;GND=GND
C27
0.1U
VDD_5V RSRXD1_DAP 3 3 13 13 TXD1-B
4 4 14 14 RXD1-Z

5 5 15 15 RXD1-Y
VDD_24V
10%
16V
10%
6
10U
C58
C54
6
6.3V
0.1U
7 7
8 8
R12 9 9 G1 G1
20K U5 10 10 G2 G2
FL3 0.1W MC1489A
BLM31A601S 1% R15
PLUG_IN_JEDI 1 2 1 3 SOCKET
3A5>
IN O STRAIGHT
600 OHM 10K HIGH_DENSITY
0.125W RESP_CTRL
2
1%
16V
VCC=VDD_5V;GND=GND
C11
0.1U
10%
RESERVED 121-131 HS
OEM RS INTERFACE
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
r 20 16:50:19 2012 if_board 9 of 9 5433255SCH 2 9 of 9

B Si
SCHEMATICS
Page 343
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

GE HEALTHCARE 
Page 344 Section 1.0 - System Schematics

GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 17Planning Maintenance

Purpose: This is qualified service engineer’s responsibility to check the equipment under the
planning maintenance procedure.
Section 1.0Planning Maintenance

NOTE:
1. All check frequency is 14 months except that NonVolatile RAM replacement in Generator Kv control board is 8 years.
2. Total PM time: 8 hrs.
FREQUENCY Duration
OPERATION (Month) (Min) DESCRIPTION
GENERAL
1. Customer Discussion - Discuss the objectives of the PM with the customer: the purpose of
planned maintenance is inspection and not repair.
1) Discuss room scheduling the PM.
2) Special considerations for patient needs.
3) Housekeeping concerns and needs.
20 4) Check room environment including temperature and humidity.
2. Logbook Review - The site log is a history of the system and room’s performance. The
system and room should be in good functional condition. If there are any major problems or
concerns, it’s suggested that PM be deferred to a later time and date.
3. Error Log Review - The error log is a history of the system’s performance. Review the log
Review Previous Performance 14 for any errors, trends or unusual events.
Check all mechanical movement is smooth and no loose.Every control button is in good
5
Mechanical Movement 14 performance.
Check interlocks (room and door interlocks), e-stops and exposure-on warning lights on
Check Protective Circuits 14 control console.
Exposure check 14 Take exposure with different mode. Verify system is working well.
40
General cleaning and
painting 14 Keep all surfaces clean and touch-up paint chips
Visual inspection 14 Check for debris that would indicate abnormal wear
PDU AND POWER SUPPLY
Power quality 14 Check power quality and condition.Ensure break and relay are in good performance
20
Power configuration 14 Check voltage of input power to adjust the transformer configuration of PDU.
STRETCHER TABLE
Movement and brake 14 Check condition and functioning; ensure free movement and effective brake function.
5
Surface finish 14 Check condition and clean
DETECTOR TRAY AND HOUSING
Ensure connector is in good condition and making good.Confirm that all cable connections
14
Electrical connector and cable are tight and no damage.
Tray handle assembly, push
14
button & hand holder Ensure handle and push button have free play without any obstruction
30
Rubber bumper end stops 14 Check condition of stops and tightness of anchoring
Housing locking assembly 14 Check condition; clean and wipe with light machine oil
Grid-in switch 14 Check condition; clean with dry and soft tissue
Detector housing fans 14 Check the fans can run smoothly. Clean with dry and soft tissue
GENERATOR
Replace NonVolatile RAM on 5 years
the kV Control Board 20
(To be replaced) Download database
TUBE
Ensure connectors are in good condition.Confirm that all cable connections are tight and no
14
Electrical connector and cable 10 damage.
Position lock 14 Clean and inspect
Chapter 17 - Planning Maintenance Page 345

GE HEALTHCARE 
U Arm
General cleaning 14 Keep all surfaces clean and touch-up paint chips
Visual inspection 14 Check for defects that would indicate abnormal wear
Bush roller chain 14 Inspect and grease length of chains; replace if required
Steel rope 14 Clean and inspect;replace if required
Carriage roller bearing
14
inspection Clean roller bearings and tracks
Vertical lock holder 14 Clean and inspect
Balance spring 14 40 Clean and inspect;replace if required
Sliding rail 14 Check it can move smoothly. clean and wipe with light machine oil
Touch screen 14 Check it in good performance;replace if required
Tray handle assembly, push
14
button & hand holder Ensure handle and push button have free play without any obstruction
EM Lock 14 Clean and inspect
EM Lock Button 14 Ensure push button has free play without any obstruction
Connectors and cable 14 Clean and inspect.Confirm that all cable connections are tight and no damage.
WORKSTATION
1. Maximize Workstation Airflow
2. Clean workstation case
14
3. Check and clean up disk space.
Computer 4. Replace PC mother board battery every 3 years.
Keyboard 14 Clean and inspect
Monitor 14 20 Clean and inspect.Confirm that display effect is in good performance.
Mouse 14 Clean and inspect
System console 14 Clean and inspect
Handswitch 14 Clean and inspect
Barcode Reader 14 Clean and inspect
Connectors and cable 14 Clean and inspect.Confirm that all cable connections are tight and no damage.
Regulation (FOR Brivo XR515)
Grounding resistance test Standard Care: 14 30 Test power and ground. Refer to Grounding Resistance Test in Installation Manual.
Critical Care or Wet
Location: 6 45
Leakage current measurement (minimum) Measure leakage current. Refer to Leakage Current Measurement in Installation Manual.
Technique accuracy 14 50 Check Exposure Accuracy: KV, mA, mAs. Refer to HHS test in Installation Manual.
Calibration
SID indicator accuracy 14 Check the SID indicator accuracy. Refer to HHS test in Installation Manual.
Accuracy of X-ray field size Check X-ray field dimensions in the plane of the image receptor shall correspond to those
14
indication indicated on the collimator. Refer to HHS test in Installation Manual.
Accuracy of X-ray field and 50
light field 14 Check the alignment of x-ray field and light field. Refer to HHS test in Installation Manual.
Alignment of centers of X-ray Check the alignment of x-ray field and receptor for both Table and Wallstand.
field and image receptor 14 Refer to HHS test in Installation Manual.
Detector VB, BP, Gain and CF Perform detector Vertical bar, Bad Pixel, Gain and CF calibration for Detector. Follow
30
calibration 14 instructions in SUIF.
AEC calibration 14 20 Perform AEC calibration. Follow the instructions in SUIF.
mR/mAs calibration 14 10 Perform calibrations. Follow the instructions in SUIF.
System Performance
Evaluate Image Quality 14 20 Perform the Quality Assurance Process (QAP). Follow the instructions in SUIF.
Section 2.0 Planning Maitenance Report

This is qualified service engineer’s responsibility to record the results of the planning maintenance.
Page 346 Section 1.0 - Planning Maintenance

GE HEALTHCARE 
Brivo 575 PM Report
Site Name: System # do check
Installation Date:
cancel
F.E. Name: First PM Date:
check
Note : After filling, this PM report shall be inserted in the system Logbook on site, use a new PM paper report each year
Note: Total PM time: 8 hrs .
Time 14
Assembly Frequency 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year
(H ) month
To be Replace NonVolatile RAM on the kV
5 years 0.5 to do
replace Control Board (2159419)
PC mother board battery 3 years 0.3 to do
System Performance -Calibrations
SID indicator accuracy 14 month 0.1
Accuracy of X-ray field size indication 14 month 0.1
Accuracy of X-ray field and light field 14 month 0.1
Alignment of centers of X-ray field

14 month 0.3
and image receptor
Detector Calibration (Vertical Bar,
14 month 1.5
Bad Pixel, Gain and CF Calibration)
mR/mAs 14 month 0.1
Evaluate Image Quality(QAP) 14 month 0.2
Exposure Accuracy 14 month 0.5
Mechanical Movement 14 month 0.2
System General
Review Previous Performance 14 month 0.1
Check Protective Circuits 14 month
Exposure check 14 month
Ground check 14 month 0.75
General cleaning and painting 14 month
Visual inspection 14 month
Table TABLE BASE
Foot pedal 14 month 0.05
Page 1

GE HEALTHCARE 
14
Maintenance Item Frequency Time 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year
month
Table PATIENT SUPPORT
Suface finish 14 month 0.1
Gene TUBE
Electrical connector and cable 14 month

0.75
Position lock 14 month
Gene GENERATOR
Check generator functions 14 month 1
Replace Non Volatile RAM on the KV

5 years 0.75
Control Board
WS U Arm
General cleaning and painting 14 month
Visual Inspection 14 month
Bush roller chain 14 month
Steel rope 14 month
Carriage roller bearing inspection 14 month
Vertical lock 14 month
Balance spring 14 month 0.8
Sliding rail 14 month
Touch screen 14 month
Tray handle assembly, push button & hand

14 month
holder
EM Lock 14 month
EM Lock Button 14 month
Connectors 14 month
DETECTOR TRAY AND HOUSING
Electrical connector and cable 14 month
Tray handle assembly, push button & hand

14 month
holder
Rubber bumper end stops 14 month

0.75
Housing locking assembly 14 month
Detector-in switchs 14 month
Detector housing fans 14 month
Page 2

GE HEALTHCARE 
14
Maintenance Item Frequency Time 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year
month
WORKSTATION
Replace PC mother board battery 3 year
Maximize Computer Airflow 14 month
Clean workstation case 14 month
Configure Time Zone 14 month

0.4
Clean up disk space Use% >= 60% 14 month
Clean Keyboard 14 month
Clean Monitor 14 month
Clean Mouse 14 month
Clean System console 14 month
Clean Hand Switch 14 month
Clean Barcode Reader 14 month
TOOLS used during intervention

TOOLS Description Serial Number Calibration Date Comments
dates Comments
Intervention Date:…………………………………
Intervention Date:…………………………………
FE Sign Off:…………………………………
Page 3

GE HEALTHCARE 

ay
Xr
GE HEALTHCARE
NO.1, YONGCHANG NORTH ROAD
ECONOMIC & TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT ZONE
FAX: 86-10-67881850
TELE: 86-10-58068888
352
BEIJING, P. R. CHINA 100176

Brivo XR575

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Brivo XR575

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GE Healthcare

Copyright © 2015 by General Electric Company, Inc. All

Legal Notes Page 3

Page 4 Legal Notes

VÝSTRAHA  TENTO PROVOZNÍ NÁVOD EXISTUJE POUZE V ANGLICKÉM JAZYCE.

(CS)  V PŘÍPADĚ, ŽE EXTERNÍ SLUŽBA ZÁKAZNÍKŮM POTŘEBUJE NÁVOD V

ADVARSEL  DENNE SERVICEMANUAL FINDES KUN PÅ ENGELSK.

Important Precautions Page 5

WAARSCHUWING  DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING IS ENKEL IN HET ENGELS

• THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.

HOIATUS  KÄESOLEV TEENINDUSJUHEND ON SAADAVAL AINULT INGLISE KEELES.

VAROITUS  TÄMÄ HUOLTO-OHJE ON SAATAVILLA VAIN ENGLANNIKSI.

(FI)  JOS ASIAKKAAN HUOLTOHENKILÖSTÖ VAATII MUUTA KUIN

Page 6 Important Precautions

• CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N’EST DISPONIBLE QU’EN ANGLAIS.

WARNUNG  DIESE SERVICEANLEITUNG EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER SPRACHE.

ΠΡΟΕΙ∆ΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ  ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙ∆ΙΟ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ∆ΙΑΤΙΘΕΤΑΙ ΣΤΑ ΑΓΓΛΙΚΑ ΜΟΝΟ.

(EL)  ΕΑΝ ΤΟ ΑΤΟΜΟ ΠΑΡΟΧΗΣ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΕΝΟΣ ΠΕΛΑΤΗ ΑΠΑΙΤΕΙ ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ

FIGYELMEZTETÉS  EZEN KARBANTARTÁSI KÉZIKÖNYV KIZÁRÓLAG ANGOL NYELVEN ÉRHETŐ

Important Precautions Page 7

AÐVÖRUN  ÞESSI ÞJÓNUSTUHANDBÓK ER EINGÖNGU FÁANLEG Á ENSKU.

• IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE È DISPONIBILE

Page 8 Important Precautions

경고  본 서비스 지침서는 영어로만 이용하실 수 있습니다.

 본 서비스 지침서를 참고했고 이해하지 않는 한은 해당 장비를 수리하려고 시도하지

 이 경고에 유의하지 않으면 전기 쇼크, 기계상의 혹은 다른 위험으로부터 서비스 제공

BRĪDINĀJUMS  ŠĪ APKALPES ROKASGRĀMATA IR PIEEJAMA TIKAI ANGĻU VALODĀ.

ĮSPĖJIMAS  ŠIS EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVAS YRA PRIEINAMAS TIK ANGLŲ KALBA.

ADVARSEL  DENNE SERVICEHÅNDBOKEN FINNES BARE PÅ ENGELSK.

Important Precautions Page 9

OSTRZEŻENIE  NINIEJSZY PODRĘCZNIK SERWISOWY DOSTĘPNY JEST JEDYNIE W JĘZYKU

ATENÇÃO  ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA SÓ SE ENCONTRA DISPONÍVEL

ATENŢIE  ACEST MANUAL DE SERVICE ESTE DISPONIBIL NUMAI ÎN LIMBA ENGLEZĂ.

Page 10 Important Precautions

ОСТОРОЖНО!  ДАННОЕ РУКОВОДСТВО ПО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЮ ПРЕДЛАГАЕТСЯ ТОЛЬКО

UPOZORNENIE  TENTO NÁVOD NA OBSLUHU JE K DISPOZÍCII LEN V ANGLIČTINE.

(SK)  AK ZÁKAZNÍKOV POSKYTOVATEĽ SLUŽIEB VYŽADUJE INÝ JAZYK AKO

ATENCION  ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SOLO EXISTE EN INGLES.

Important Precautions Page 11

VARNING  DEN HÄR SERVICEHANDBOKEN FINNS BARA TILLGÄNGLIG PÅ ENGELSKA.

DİKKAT  BU SERVİS KILAVUZUNUN SADECE İNGİLİZCESİ MEVCUTTUR.

CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT

Page 12 Important Precautions

LITHIUM BATTERY CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS

OMISSIONS & ERRORS

Important Precautions Page 13

Page 14 Important Precautions

Revision Date Reason for change

Revision History Page 15

1.1 Hazard Messages

1.2 Text Format of Signal Words

1.3 Symbols and Pictorials Used

keep_up magnetic biohazard compressgas ppe-hearing

fragile impact corrosive heavyobject ppe-2people

static_elec heat general laser ppe-respitory

keep_dry pinch radiation poisongas ppe-loto

general explosive electrical flammable ppe-eye

torque crush/mechanical tipping Read Manual ppe-gloves

ce instuction poisonmatl entanglement instuction

Dangerous voltage. This indicates an avoidable, dangerous, high voltage

This symbol on the equipment indicates the operating instructions

Follow instructions for use

Table 0-2Operational symbols

X-ray emission is used to indicate the X-ray tube head is